Audio, Visual & Navigation System PDF
Audio, Visual & Navigation System PDF
Audio, Visual & Navigation System PDF
E
CONTENTS
AUDIO SYSTEM Reference Values ....................................................26 F
Wiring Diagram — BASE AUDIO — ........................28
BASIC INSPECTION ................................... 11
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS .............................. 34 G
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW .........11
Work Flow ............................................................... 11 AUDIO SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .......................... 34
Symptom Table .......................................................34
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS .............................. 13 H
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 35
AUDIO SYSTEM .................................................13 Description ...............................................................35
System Diagram ...................................................... 13
PRECAUTION .............................................. 36 I
System Description ................................................. 13
Component Parts Location ...................................... 14
Component Description ........................................... 14
PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 36
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System J
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUDIO UNIT) ................15 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Diagnosis Description ............................................. 15 SIONER" .................................................................36
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis ............................36
K
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 19 Precaution for Harness Repair ................................36
AV-1
Exploded View ........................................................ 42 Diagnosis Description ............................................. 60
Removal and Installation ........................................ 42 CONSULT-III Function (MULTI AV) ........................ 68
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM ..................... 56 RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CON-
System Diagram ..................................................... 56 TROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT) ....................... 86
System Description ................................................. 56 Description .............................................................. 86
Component Parts Location ..................................... 58 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 86
Component Description .......................................... 59
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT) ... 60 CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT) ............... 87
AV-2
Description .............................................................. 87 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT . 104
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 87 Description ............................................................. 104 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 104
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CON- Component Inspection ........................................... 105
TROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT) ........................88
B
Description .............................................................. 88 ECU DIAGNOSIS ....................................... 106
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 88
AV CONTROL UNIT ........................................ 106
RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT Reference Value .................................................... 106 C
(AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT) ........89 Wiring Diagram — BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY
Description .............................................................. 89 SYSTEM — ........................................................... 112
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 89 DTC Index ............................................................. 126 D
RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ..................90 DISPLAY UNIT ................................................ 128
Description .............................................................. 90 Reference Value .................................................... 128
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 90 Wiring Diagram — BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY E
SYSTEM — ........................................................... 131
HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIG-
NAL CIRCUIT .....................................................91 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT ............................. 146
F
Description .............................................................. 91 Reference Values .................................................. 146
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 91 Wiring Diagram — BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY
SYSTEM — ........................................................... 149
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL G
CIRCUIT .............................................................92 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 164
Description .............................................................. 92
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 92 MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .................. 164
H
Symptom Table ..................................................... 164
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT .........................93
Description .............................................................. 93 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 167
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 93 Description ............................................................. 167 I
AV-3
ANTENNA AMP. .............................................. 175 PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSI-
Exploded View .......................................................175 TION ADJUSTMENT : Description ....................... 187
Removal and Installation .......................................175 PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSI-
TION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Require-
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH ............................. 176 ment ...................................................................... 187
Exploded View .......................................................176
Removal and Installation .......................................176 FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS ........................... 188
PRESET SWITCH ............................................ 177 MULTI AV SYSTEM ......................................... 188
Exploded View .......................................................177 System Diagram ................................................... 188
Removal and Installation .......................................177 System Description ............................................... 188
Component Parts Location ................................... 190
REAR CONTROL SWITCH ............................. 178 Component Description ........................................ 191
Exploded View .......................................................178
Removal and Installation .......................................178 AUDIO SYSTEM ............................................... 193
System Diagram ................................................... 193
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS ............................. 179 System Description ............................................... 193
Exploded View .......................................................179 Component Parts Location ................................... 194
Removal and Installation .......................................179 Component Description ........................................ 195
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT ............................. 180 REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM .................... 196
Exploded View .......................................................180 System Diagram ................................................... 196
Removal and Installation .......................................180 System Description ............................................... 196
Component Parts Location ................................... 198
REAR VIEW CAMERA .................................... 181
Component Description ........................................ 199
Exploded View .......................................................181
Removal and Installation .......................................181 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT) .. 200
Adjustment .............................................................181 Diagnosis Description ........................................... 200
CONSULT-III Function (MULTI AV) ...................... 211
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ......................... 183
Exploded View .......................................................183 COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS ...................... 216
Removal and Installation .......................................183
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 216
ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO) ......................... 184 Description ............................................................ 216
Harness Layout .....................................................184 DTC Logic ............................................................. 216
BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 216
BASIC INSPECTION .................................. 185 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ........................ 217
Description ............................................................ 217
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ....... 185 DTC Logic ............................................................. 217
Work Flow ..............................................................185 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 217
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ................. 187 U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 218
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BAT- Description ............................................................ 218
TERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL .................................187 DTC Logic ............................................................. 218
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 219
BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description ..187
Description ............................................................ 219
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING
DTC Logic ............................................................. 219
BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Re-
pair Requirement ...................................................187 U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................. 220
Description ............................................................ 220
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
DTC Logic ............................................................. 220
CONTROL UNIT .......................................................187
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING U1231 BOSE AMP. .......................................... 221
CONTROL UNIT : Description ...............................187 Description ............................................................ 221
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING DTC Logic ............................................................. 221
CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement ....187
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT ...................................... 222
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION Description ............................................................ 222
ADJUSTMENT .........................................................187 DTC Logic ............................................................. 222
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 222
AV-4
U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT .................. 224 Description ............................................................. 235
Description ............................................................ 224 A
DTC Logic ............................................................. 224 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 236
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 224 AV CONTROL UNIT ................................................ 236
AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ......... 236 B
U1260, U1261, U1262, U1263 CENTER
SPEAKER ......................................................... 226 DISPLAY UNIT ......................................................... 236
Description ............................................................ 226 DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .................. 236
DTC Logic ............................................................. 226 C
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 226 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH ..................................... 237
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH : Diagnosis Proce-
U1264, U1265, U1266, U1267 FRONT RIGHT dure ....................................................................... 237 D
DOOR SPEAKER ............................................. 227
Description ............................................................ 227 BOSE AMP. ............................................................. 238
DTC Logic ............................................................. 227 BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure ...................... 238
E
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 227 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT ...................................... 239
U1268, U1269, U126A, U126B REAR RIGHT CAMERA CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure
.. 239
DOOR SPEAKER ............................................. 228 F
Description ............................................................ 228 DVD PLAYER .......................................................... 239
DTC Logic ............................................................. 228 DVD PLAYER : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 239
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 228 G
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CON-
U126C, U126D, U126E, U126F REAR RIGHT TROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT) .................... 241
SQUAWKER/ RIGHT WOOFER ...................... 229 Description ............................................................. 241
Description ............................................................ 229 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 241 H
DTC Logic ............................................................. 229
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 229 RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV
CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT) ............ 242 I
U1274, U1275, U1276, U1277 REAR LEFT Description ............................................................. 242
SQUAWKER/LEFT WOOFER ......................... 230 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 242
Description ............................................................ 230
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CON- J
DTC Logic ............................................................. 230
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 230 TROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT) .................... 243
Description ............................................................. 243
U1278, U1279, U127A, U127B REAR LEFT Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 243 K
DOOR SPEAKER ............................................. 231
Description ............................................................ 231 RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
DTC Logic ............................................................. 231 (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT) ..... 244 L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 231 Description ............................................................. 244
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 244
U127C, U127D, U127E, U127F FRONT LEFT
DOOR SPEAKER ............................................. 232 RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ............... 245 M
Description ............................................................ 232 Description ............................................................. 245
DTC Logic ............................................................. 232 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 245
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 232 AV
HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIG-
U1294, U1295, U1296, U1297 FRONT RIGHT NAL CIRCUIT .................................................. 246
SQUAWKER ..................................................... 233 Description ............................................................. 246
Description ............................................................ 233 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 246 O
DTC Logic ............................................................. 233
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 233 VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL
CIRCUIT .......................................................... 247 P
U1298, U1299, U129A, U129B FRONT LEFT Description ............................................................. 247
SQUAWKER ..................................................... 234 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 247
Description ............................................................ 234
DTC Logic ............................................................. 234 AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ...................... 248
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 234 Description ............................................................. 248
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 248
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT ............................. 235
DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT ..................... 249
AV-5
Description .............................................................249 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 372
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................249
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .................... 372
REAR VIEW CAMERA POWER SUPPLY ...... 250 Symptom Table ..................................................... 372
Description .............................................................250
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................250 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 375
Description ............................................................ 375
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ............... 251
Description .............................................................251 PRECAUTION ........................................... 377
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................251
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 377
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ......... 252 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Description .............................................................252 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................252 SIONER" ............................................................... 377
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis .......................... 377
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL CIR- Precaution for Harness Repair .............................. 377
CUIT ................................................................. 253
Description .............................................................253 ON-VEHICLE REPAIR .............................. 378
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................253
AV CONTROL UNIT ......................................... 378
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT ...... 255 Exploded View ...................................................... 378
Description .............................................................255 Removal and Installation ....................................... 378
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................255
Component Inspection ...........................................256 DISPLAY UNIT ................................................. 379
Exploded View ...................................................... 379
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT ...... 257 Removal and Installation ....................................... 379
Description .............................................................257
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................257 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER ................................ 380
Component Inspection ...........................................258 Exploded View ...................................................... 380
Removal and Installation ....................................... 380
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT . 259
Description .............................................................259 REAR DOOR SPEAKER .................................. 381
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................259 Exploded View ...................................................... 381
Component Inspection ...........................................260 Removal and Installation ....................................... 381
AV-6
PRESET SWITCH ............................................ 389 FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS ............................ 401
Exploded View ...................................................... 389 A
Removal and Installation ....................................... 389 MULTI AV SYSTEM ........................................ 401
System Diagram .................................................... 401
REAR CONTROL SWITCH .............................. 390 System Description ................................................ 401
B
Exploded View ...................................................... 390 Component Parts Location .................................... 404
Removal and Installation ....................................... 390 Component Description ......................................... 405
DVD PLAYER ................................................... 391 AUDIO SYSTEM ............................................. 407 C
Exploded View ...................................................... 391 System Diagram .................................................... 407
Removal and Installation ....................................... 391 System Description ................................................ 407
Component Parts Location .................................... 408 D
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS .............................. 392 Component Description ......................................... 409
Exploded View ...................................................... 392
Removal and Installation ....................................... 392 NAVIGATION SYSTEM .................................. 410
System Diagram .................................................... 410 E
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT .............................. 393 System Description ................................................ 410
Exploded View ...................................................... 393 Component Parts Location .................................... 413
Removal and Installation ....................................... 393 Component Description ......................................... 414 F
REAR VIEW CAMERA ..................................... 394 REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM ................... 415
Exploded View ...................................................... 394 System Diagram .................................................... 415
Removal and Installation ....................................... 394 System Description ................................................ 415 G
Adjustment ............................................................ 394 Component Parts Location .................................... 417
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR .......................... 396 Component Description ......................................... 418
Exploded View ...................................................... 396 H
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT) . 419
Removal and Installation ....................................... 396 Diagnosis Description ............................................ 419
ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO) .......................... 397 CONSULT-III Function (MULTI AV) ...................... 434
I
Harness Layout ..................................................... 397 COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 440
BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 440 J
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 398 Description ............................................................. 440
DTC Logic .............................................................. 440
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ....... 398 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................ 440
Work Flow ............................................................. 398 K
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 441
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT .................. 400 Description ............................................................. 441
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BAT- DTC Logic .............................................................. 441 L
TERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL ................................. 400 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 441
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING
U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 442
BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Description .. 400 M
Description ............................................................. 442
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING
DTC Logic .............................................................. 442
BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : Special Re-
pair Requirement ................................................... 400 U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 443 AV
Description ............................................................. 443
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CONTROL UNIT ...................................................... 400 DTC Logic .............................................................. 443
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT ............................ 444 O
CONTROL UNIT : Description .............................. 400 Description ............................................................. 444
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING DTC Logic .............................................................. 444
CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement .. 400
P
U1231 BOSE AMP. ......................................... 445
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION
Description ............................................................. 445
ADJUSTMENT ......................................................... 400
DTC Logic .............................................................. 445
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSI-
TION ADJUSTMENT : Description ....................... 400 U1243 DISPLAY UNIT .................................... 446
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSI- Description ............................................................. 446
TION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Require- DTC Logic .............................................................. 446
ment ...................................................................... 400 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 446
AV-7
U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT .................. 448 Description ............................................................ 459
Description .............................................................448 DTC Logic ............................................................. 459
DTC Logic ..............................................................448 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 459
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................448
U12A1 NAVI CONTROL UNIT ......................... 460
U1260, U1261, U1262, U1263 CENTER Description ............................................................ 460
SPEAKER ........................................................ 450 DTC Logic ............................................................. 460
Description .............................................................450
DTC Logic ..............................................................450
U12A2 TEL ANTENNA ..................................... 461
Description ............................................................ 461
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................450
DTC Logic ............................................................. 461
U1264, U1265, U1266, U1267 FRONT RIGHT Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 461
DOOR SPEAKER ............................................ 451
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT .............................. 462
Description .............................................................451
Description ............................................................ 462
DTC Logic ..............................................................451
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................451 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 464
U1268, U1269, U126A, U126B REAR RIGHT AV CONTROL UNIT ................................................ 464
DOOR SPEAKER ............................................ 452 AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ......... 464
Description .............................................................452
DTC Logic ..............................................................452 NAVI CONTROL UNIT ............................................ 464
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................452 NAVI CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ..... 464
U126C, U126D, U126E, U126F REAR RIGHT DISPLAY UNIT ........................................................ 465
SQUAWKER/ RIGHT WOOFER ...................... 453 DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ................. 465
Description .............................................................453 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH .................................... 466
DTC Logic ..............................................................453 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH : Diagnosis Proce-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................453 dure ....................................................................... 466
U1274, U1275, U1276, U1277 REAR LEFT BOSE AMP. ............................................................. 466
SQUAWKER/LEFT WOOFER ......................... 454 BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure ...................... 466
Description .............................................................454
DTC Logic ..............................................................454 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT ..................................... 467
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................454 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure
. 467
U1278, U1279, U127A, U127B REAR LEFT
DOOR SPEAKER ............................................ 455 DVD PLAYER .......................................................... 468
DVD PLAYER : Diagnosis Procedure ................... 468
Description .............................................................455
DTC Logic ..............................................................455 RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CON-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................455 TROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT) ...................... 469
U127C, U127D, U127E, U127F FRONT LEFT Description ............................................................ 469
DOOR SPEAKER ............................................ 456 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 469
Description .............................................................456 RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV
DTC Logic ..............................................................456 CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT) .............. 470
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................456
Description ............................................................ 470
U1294, U1295, U1296, U1297 FRONT RIGHT Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 470
SQUAWKER .................................................... 457 RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CON-
Description .............................................................457 TROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT) ...................... 471
DTC Logic ..............................................................457
Description ............................................................ 471
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................457
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 471
U1298, U1299, U129A, U129B FRONT LEFT RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
SQUAWKER .................................................... 458 (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT) ....... 472
Description .............................................................458
Description ............................................................ 472
DTC Logic ..............................................................458
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 472
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................458
RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................. 473
U12A0 GPS ANTENNA ................................... 459 Description ............................................................ 473
AV-8
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 473 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT ..... 489
Description ............................................................. 489 A
HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIG- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 489
NAL CIRCUIT ................................................... 474 Component Inspection ........................................... 490
Description ............................................................ 474
B
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 474 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT ..... 491
Description ............................................................. 491
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 491
CIRCUIT ........................................................... 475 Component Inspection ........................................... 492 C
Description ............................................................ 475
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 475 STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT . 493
Description ............................................................. 493 D
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (NAVI CON- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 493
TROL UNIT TO AV CONTROL UNIT) ............. 476 Component Inspection ........................................... 494
Description ............................................................ 476
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 476 ECU DIAGNOSIS ....................................... 495 E
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (NAVI AV CONTROL UNIT ........................................ 495
CONTROL UNIT TO AV CONTROL UNIT) ..... 477 Reference Value .................................................... 495
F
Description ............................................................ 477 Wiring Diagram — BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGA-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 477 TION SYSTEM — .................................................. 502
DTC Index ............................................................. 521
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (NAVI G
CONTROL UNIT TO AV CONTROL UNIT) ..... 478 NAVI CONTROL UNIT .................................... 524
Description ............................................................ 478 Reference Value .................................................... 524
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 478 Wiring Diagram — BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGA- H
TION SYSTEM — .................................................. 527
RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
(NAVI CONTROL UNIT TO AV CONTROL DISPLAY UNIT ................................................ 547
Reference Value .................................................... 547 I
UNIT) ................................................................ 479
Wiring Diagram — BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGA-
Description ............................................................ 479
TION SYSTEM — .................................................. 550
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 479
J
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ....................... 480 BOSE AMP. ..................................................... 570
Reference Value .................................................... 570
Description ............................................................ 480
Wiring Diagram — BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGA-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 480 K
TION SYSTEM — .................................................. 574
DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT ....................... 481
Description ............................................................ 481
DVD PLAYER .................................................. 594
Reference Values .................................................. 594 L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 481
Wiring Diagram — BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGA-
MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................... 482 TION SYSTEM — .................................................. 597
Description ............................................................ 482
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT ............................. 617 M
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 482
Reference Values .................................................. 617
REAR VIEW CAMERA POWER SUPPLY ....... 484 Wiring Diagram — BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGA-
Description ............................................................ 484 TION SYSTEM — .................................................. 620 AV
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 484
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 640
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ............... 485
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .................. 640 O
Description ............................................................ 485
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 485 Symptom Table ..................................................... 640
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT ......... 486 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 645
P
Description ............................................................ 486 Description ............................................................. 645
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 486
PRECAUTION ............................................ 647
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL CIR-
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 647
CUIT .................................................................. 487 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Description ............................................................ 487 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 487 SIONER" ............................................................... 647
AV-9
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis ..........................647 MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH ............................. 659
Precaution for Harness Repair ..............................647 Exploded View ...................................................... 659
Removal and Installation ....................................... 659
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR ............................... 648
PRESET SWITCH ............................................. 660
AV CONTROL UNIT ........................................ 648 Exploded View ...................................................... 660
Exploded View .......................................................648 Removal and Installation ....................................... 660
Removal and Installation .......................................648
REAR CONTROL SWITCH .............................. 661
NAVI CONTROL UNIT ..................................... 649 Exploded View ...................................................... 661
Exploded View .......................................................649 Removal and Installation ....................................... 661
Removal and Installation .......................................649
DVD PLAYER ................................................... 662
DISPLAY UNIT ................................................ 650 Exploded View ...................................................... 662
Exploded View .......................................................650 Removal and Installation ....................................... 662
Removal and Installation .......................................650
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS .............................. 663
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER ............................... 651 Exploded View ...................................................... 663
Exploded View .......................................................651 Removal and Installation ....................................... 663
Removal and Installation .......................................651
MICROPHONE ................................................. 664
REAR DOOR SPEAKER ................................. 652 Exploded View ...................................................... 664
Exploded View .......................................................652 Removal and Installation ....................................... 664
Removal and Installation .......................................652
GPS ANTENNA ................................................ 665
FRONT SQUAWKER ....................................... 653 Harness Layout ..................................................... 665
Exploded View .......................................................653 Exploded View ...................................................... 666
Removal and Installation .......................................653 Removal and Installation ....................................... 666
REAR SQUAWKER ......................................... 654 TEL ANTENNA ................................................. 667
Exploded View .......................................................654 Harness Layout ..................................................... 667
Removal and Installation .......................................654 Exploded View ...................................................... 668
Removal and Installation ....................................... 668
CENTER SPEAKER ........................................ 655
Exploded View .......................................................655 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT .............................. 669
Removal and Installation .......................................655 Exploded View ...................................................... 669
Removal and Installation ....................................... 669
WOOFER ......................................................... 656
Exploded View .......................................................656 REAR VIEW CAMERA ..................................... 670
Removal and Installation .......................................656 Exploded View ...................................................... 670
Removal and Installation ....................................... 670
BOSE AMP. ..................................................... 657
Adjustment ............................................................ 670
Exploded View .......................................................657
Removal and Installation .......................................657 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR .......................... 672
Exploded View ...................................................... 672
ANTENNA AMP. .............................................. 658
Removal and Installation ....................................... 672
Exploded View .......................................................658
Removal and Installation .......................................658 ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO) .......................... 673
Harness Layout ..................................................... 673
AV-10
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000003765587
B
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
ALNIA0182GB M
DETAILED FLOW
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM AV
Get detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when the
incident/malfunction occurred).
O
>> GO TO 2.
2.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM P
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. Verify the relation between the symptom and the con-
dition when the symptom is detected.
>> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnostic Procedure of the system.
AV-11
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
4.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 5.
5.FINAL CHECK
Refer to confirmed symptom in step 2, and check that the symptom is not detected.
Has the symptom been repaired?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
AV-12
AUDIO SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS A
AUDIO SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003765588
B
G
JSNIA1295GB
AUDIO SYSTEM
The audio system consists of the following components. I
• Audio unit
• Antenna amp.
• Glass antenna
• Steering switch J
• Front door speakers
• Rear door speakers
• Front squawkers K
• Audio display unit
AM/FM Radio Mode
• AM/FM radio tuner is integrated into audio unit. L
• When AM/FM radio waves are received by rear window glass antenna, the radio waves are amplified by an
antenna amp. to input them to audio unit. Sound signals are output to each speaker for the audio unit. The
FM sub antenna is installed on the rear window glass and the audio unit is received. M
CD Mode
• The audio unit has CD function.
• The audio unit outputs sound signals to each speaker when CD is inserted into the audio unit. AV
AV-13
AUDIO SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003765590
JPNIA1057ZZ
AV-14
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUDIO UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUDIO UNIT)
A
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000003765592
JSNIA1334GB
H
4. Diagnosis default screen of audio display unit is displayed.
NOTE:
Diagnosis default screen = All icons and segments of the audio display unit are turned on.
I
5. Pressing the AUDIO switch briefly displays the version display mode. Pressing the AUDIO switch briefly
switches to each version display. Pressing and holding the AUDIO switch when displaying each software
version returns to the diagnosis default screen.
J
Version display item
Mode Description
Software V###### Audio unit software version is displayed.
K
Hardware V###### Audio unit hardware version is displayed.
Disp HW V###### Display unit hardware version is displayed.
Versions display
CD Mech V###### Audio unit CD mechanism version is displayed. L
EEPROM V###### Audio unit EEPROM version is displayed.
Disp SW V###### Display unit software version is displayed.
M
6. Self-diagnosis mode is canceled when the ignition switch is turned OFF.
CHANNEL CHECK DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON. AV
2. Turn the audio unit off.
3. While pressing the “1” button, turn the volume control dial clock-
wise or counterclockwise for 30 clicks or more. O
JSNIA1334GB
AV-15
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUDIO UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
4. The diagnosis default screen of audio display unit is displayed.
NOTE:
Diagnosis default screen = All icons and segments of the audio display unit are turned on.
5. Turning the TUNE/FOLDER dial clockwise displays the channel check mode. Pressing and holding the
AUDIO switch during each channel check or waiting approximately 1 second after finishing all channel
checks returns to the diagnosis default screen.
Channel check item
Mode Description
Channel Check
Front Left
Channel Check
Rear Left
Channel check Connection of a speaker can be confirmed by test tone.
Channel Check
Rear Right
Channel Check
Front Right
6. Self-diagnosis mode is canceled when the ignition switch is turned OFF.
KEY CHECK DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn the audio unit off.
3. While pressing the “1” button, turn the volume control dial clock-
wise or counterclockwise for 30 clicks or more.
JSNIA1334GB
AV-16
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUDIO UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
Key check item (audio)
Mode Display item Switch name A
EJECT “EJECT” switch
LOAD “LOAD” switch
POWER “ON·OFF” switch
B
JSNIA1335GB
AV-17
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AUDIO UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
5. Pressing the AUDIO switch briefly displays the AV communication diagnosis mode. Pressing the AUDIO
switch briefly again switches to each AV communication display.
AV communication diagnosis item
Display item
Description
AV communication item Current Past
The communication condition and error counter from the audio unit to
TRANSMIT OK / UN OK / 0 –39
the audio display unit are displayed.
DISP OK / UN OK / 0 –39 The communication condition and error counter from the audio display
DISP MPDT OK / UN OK / 0 –39 unit to the audio unit.
AV-18
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS A
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
AUDIO UNIT
B
AUDIO UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765593
1.CHECK FUSE C
Check for blown fuses.
AV
AV-19
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765594
Audio unit
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M46 6 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE
Check spiral cable.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace spiral cable.
3.CHECK AUDIO UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect audio unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between audio unit harness connector terminals.
(+) (−)
Audio unit Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M46 6 M46 15 Approx. 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace audio unit.
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-21, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
AV-20
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003765596
A
Measure the resistance between the steering switch connector ter-
minals.
B
D
JSNIA1145GB
Standard
E
Steering switch
Resistance
Con- Termi- Con- Termi- Condition
Ω
nector nals nector nal
F
SEEK DOWN switch
315 – 327
ON
14
SEEK UP switch ON 119 – 123
M303 M303 17 G
SOURCE switch ON 0
VOL UP switch ON 119 – 123
15
VOL DOWN switch ON 0 H
AV
AV-21
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765597
Audio unit
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M46 16 Ground Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE
Check spiral cable.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace spiral cable.
3.CHECK AUDIO UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect audio unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between audio unit harness connector terminals.
(+) (−)
Audio unit Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M46 16 M46 15 Approx. 5.0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace audio unit.
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-23, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
AV-22
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003765599
A
Measure the resistance between the steering switch connector ter-
minals.
B
D
JSNIA1145GB
Standard
E
Steering switch
Resistance
Con- Termi- Con- Termi- Condition
Ω
nector nals nector nal
F
SEEK DOWN switch
315 – 327
ON
14
SEEK UP switch ON 119 – 123
M303 M303 17 G
SOURCE switch ON 0
VOL UP switch ON 119 – 123
15
VOL DOWN switch ON 0 H
AV
AV-23
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765600
Audio unit
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M46 15 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace audio unit.
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-25, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
AV-24
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003765602
A
Measure the resistance between the steering switch connector ter-
minals.
B
D
JSNIA1145GB
Standard
E
Steering switch
Resistance
Con- Termi- Con- Termi- Condition
Ω
nector nals nector nal
F
SEEK DOWN switch
315 – 327
ON
14
SEEK UP switch ON 119 – 123
M303 M303 17 G
SOURCE switch ON 0
VOL UP switch ON 119 – 123
15
VOL DOWN switch ON 0 H
AV
AV-25
AUDIO UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
ECU DIAGNOSIS
AUDIO UNIT
Reference Values INFOID:0000000003765603
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
JSNIA1428ZZ
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
2 3
Sound signal front LH Output switch Sound output.
(W) (B)
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
4 5
Sound signal rear LH Output switch Sound output.
(O/B) (W/R)
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
11 12
Sound signal front RH Output switch Sound output.
(B/W) (BR)
ON
SKIB3609E
AV-26
AUDIO UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
Ignition
13 14 C
Sound signal rear RH Output switch Sound output.
(L) (B/W)
ON
SKIB3609E D
Ignition
15 Steering switch signal
Ground — switch — 0V
(L/B) ground
ON E
Keep pressing VOL DOWN
0V
Ignition switch.
16 15 Steering switch signal B Input switch
Keep pressing VOL UP F
(GR/L) (L/B) ON 1.0 V
switch.
Except for above. 5.0 V
Ignition G
19
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
21
Ground
AV communication signal Input/
— — —
H
(R) (L) Output
22 AV communication signal Input/
Ground — — —
(L) (H) Output I
33 — FM sub Input — — —
34 — AM-FM main Input — — —
Ignition J
35 Ground Antenna amp. ON signal Output switch — 12.0 V
ACC
K
AV
AV-27
AUDIO UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
Wiring Diagram — BASE AUDIO — INFOID:0000000003765604
JCNWM0876GB
AV-28
AUDIO UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0877GB
AV-29
AUDIO UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
JCNWM0878GB
AV-30
AUDIO UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0879GB
AV-31
AUDIO UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
JCNWM0880GB
AV-32
AUDIO UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0881GB
AV-33
AUDIO SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
AUDIO SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000003765605
RELATED TO AUDIO
AV-34
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765606
NOTE: B
• Audio operation information, refer to Owner's Manual.
• The majority of the audio concerns are the result of outside causes (bad CD, electromagnetic interference,
etc.).
C
NOISE
The following noise results from variations in field strength, such as fading noise and multi-path noise, or
external noise from trains and other sources. It is not a malfunction.
D
• Fading noise: This noise occurs because of variations in the field strength in a narrow range due to moun-
tains or buildings blocking the signal.
• Multi-path noise: This noise results from the waves sent directly from the broadcast station arriving at the
antenna at a different time from the waves that reflect off mountains or buildings. E
The vehicle itself can be a source of noise if noise prevention parts or electrical equipment is malfunctioning.
Check if noise is caused and/or changed by engine speed, ignition switch turned to each position, and opera-
tion of each piece of electrical equipment, and then determine the cause.
F
NOTE:
The source of the noise can be easily found by listening to the noise while removing the fuses of electrical
components, one by one.
G
Types of Noise and Possible Causes
AV
AV-35
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000003960541
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIRBAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIRBAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000003765608
AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
• Do not apply voltage of 7.0 V or higher to the measurement terminals.
• Use the tester with its open terminal voltage at 7.0 V or less.
• Turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal before checking the cir-
cuit.
Precaution for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000003765609
AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
• Solder the repaired parts, and wrap with tape. [Frays of twisted line
must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).]
PKIA0306E
• Do not perform bypass wire connections for the repair parts. (The
spliced wire will become separated and the characteristics of
twisted line will be lost.)
PKIA0307E
AV-36
AUDIO UNIT
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR A
AUDIO UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003765611
B
REMOVAL
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View". C
DISASSEMBLY
JPNIA1027ZZ I
REMOVAL K
1. Remove instrument finisher C. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". L
3. Remove audio unit with an A/C auto amp. as a single unit from the body.
4. Remove bracket screws, and then remove audio unit.
INSTALLATION M
Install in the reverse order of removal.
AV
AV-37
AUDIO DISPLAY
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
AUDIO DISPLAY
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003765613
JPNIA1028ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove audio display unit and A/C display with bracket as a
single unit (1).
3. Remove bracket screws, and then remove audio display unit.
JPNIA1029ZZ
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
AV-38
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003765615
D
JPNIA1030ZZ
E
1. Front door speaker
AV
AV-39
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003765617
JPNIA1031ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear door finisher. Refer to INT-36, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove rear door speaker screws, then disconnect rear door speaker connector and remove rear door
speaker.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
AV-40
FRONT SQUAWKER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
FRONT SQUAWKER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003765619
D
JPNIA1038ZZ
E
1. Front squawker
AV
AV-41
STEERING SWITCH
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
STEERING SWITCH
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003765621
REMOVAL
Refer to ST-12, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
AV-42
ANTENNA AMP.
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
ANTENNA AMP.
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003765623
D
JPNIA1032ZZ
E
1. AM-FM main connector
2. Antenna amp.
F
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000003765624
REMOVAL
G
1. Remove rear side pillar finisher. Refer to INT-39, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect antenna feeder connector and clip.
3. Remove antenna amp. mounting nut, disconnect the antenna amp. connector. H
4. Remove antenna amp.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal. I
AV
AV-43
ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO)
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [AUDIO SYSTEM]
ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO)
Harness Layout INFOID:0000000003765625
JSNIA1429GB
AV-44
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000003882692
B
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
JSNIA0732GB M
>> GO TO 5.
4.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to AV-164, "Symptom
Table".
>> GO TO 5.
5.ERROR PART REPAIR
1. Repair or replace the identified malfunctioning parts.
2. Perform a self-diagnosis for “MULTI AV” with CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
Erase the stored self-diagnosis results after repairing or replacing the relevant components if any DTC
has been indicated in the self-diagnosis results.
3. Check that the symptom does not occur.
Does the symptom occur?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> INSPECTION END
AV-46
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
A
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : De-
B
scription INFOID:0000000003882693
F
>> Refer to AV-47, "PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special
Repair Requirement".
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
G
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description
INFOID:0000000003882695
When camera control unit is replaced, the center position of predicted course line shall be corrected. H
>> Refer to AV-47, "PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special
Repair Requirement". K
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description L
INFOID:0000000003882697
Adjust the center position of the possible route line of the rear view monitor if it is shifted.
M
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair
Requirement INFOID:0000000003882698
AV
1.STEERING OPERATION
Steer the steering wheel to the leftmost and rightmost ends.
O
>> GO TO 2.
2.DRIVING P
Drive the vehicle straight ahead 100 m (328.1 ft) or more at a speed of 30 km/h (18.6 MPH) or more.
>> END
AV-47
MULTI AV SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS
MULTI AV SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003882699
JSNIA1431GB
NOTE:
• The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.
• A radio antenna base integrated with radio antenna amp. is adopted.
• Woofer illustrated in the above figure, integrates two woofers and a woofer amp.
System Description INFOID:0000000003882700
AV-48
MULTI AV SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
• AV control unit is connected with display unit and serial communication, and it transmits the required signal
of display and display control and receives the response signal from display unit. A
NOTE:
AV control unit can perform CONSULT-III self-operating function and on board self-diagnosis.
• CONSULT-III self diagnosis: Refer to AV-68, "CONSULT-III Function (MULTI AV)".
B
• On board self diagnosis: Refer to AV-60, "Diagnosis Description".
AUXILIARY INPUT SYSTEM
• Image and sound can be output from an external device by connecting a device with auxiliary input jacks. C
• Operation can be performed with multifunction switch, steering switch and rear control switch. Multifunction
switch and rear control switch transmits operation signal to AV control unit by AV communication.
D
H
JSNIA1432GB
AV
AV-49
MULTI AV SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003882701
JSNIA1433ZZ
AV-50
MULTI AV SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Component Description INFOID:0000000003882702
AV-51
MULTI AV SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Part name Description
• Operations for audio, etc. are possible.
REAR CONTROL SWITCH • The rear control switch is connected via AV communication, and it transmits
the operation signals of the rear control switch.
• Radio signal received by glass antenna is amplified and transmitted to AV con-
ANTENNA AMP. trol unit.
• Power (antenna amp ON signal) is supplied from AV control unit.
AV-52
AUDIO SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AUDIO SYSTEM
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003882703
JSNIA1434GB
NOTE: G
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.
System Description INFOID:0000000003882704 H
The audio system is equipped with following function. Each function can be operated with the multifunction
switch, preset switch, rear control switch or steering switch. It indicates the operation status of AUDIO to the
I
display unit.
Function
J
AM/FM radio
CD
K
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
Operating Signal
Operation of the audio system can be performed via the multifunction switch, preset switch, rear control switch L
or steering switch.
• Operating signal is transmitted to AV control unit via AV communication when it is operated by multifunction
switch, preset switch or rear control switch. The CD ejection operating signal is performed by hard-wire.
• Operating signal is transmitted to AV control unit with steering switch signal when it is operated by steering M
switch.
Screen Display
AV
• The display switching of the screen is performed by the communication signal between the display unit and
the AV control unit.
• The image signal to display operating condition is performed by RGB image signal, RGB area signal and
RGB image synchronizing signal. O
AM/FM Radio Mode
• AM/FM radio tuner is built into AV control unit.
• AM/FM radio wave is received by glass antenna, next it is amplified by antenna amp., and finally it is input to P
AV control unit. The FM sub antenna is installed on the rear window glass and the AV control unit is
received.
• Sound signal is input to AV control unit, and AV control unit outputs to each speaker.
CD Mode
• CD function is built into AV control unit.
• AV control unit outputs sound signal to each speaker when CD is inserted to AV control unit.
AV-53
AUDIO SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003885180
JSNIA1433ZZ
AV-54
AUDIO SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Component Description INFOID:0000000003791248
AV
AV-55
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003882707
JSNIA1379GB
JSNIA1325GB
AV-56
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
PREDICTED COURSE LINE OPERATION PRINCIPLE
A
Detection Of Steering Rotation Direction
Camera control unit detects the rotation direction of steering according to the phase difference of two pairs of
pulse signals (sensor signal 1 and sensor signal 2) input from steering angle sensor.
B
Detection Of Steering Neutral Position
The sensor signal 3 input from steering angle sensor is generated at 1 pulse per 1 rotation of the steering
wheel. Camera control unit detects the steering neutral position from this pulse.
C
JSNIA0708GB
H
AV
AV-57
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003885182
JSNIA1433ZZ
AV-58
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Component Description INFOID:0000000003885184
AV
AV-59
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000003882711
JSNIA1284GB
Mode Description
• AV control unit diagnosis.
Self Diagnosis
• Diagnoses the connections across system components.
AV-60
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Mode Description
A
The following check functions are available: color tone check by color
Display Diagnosis bar display, light and shade check by grey scale display and touch panel
calibration response check.
Diagnosis of signals can be performed for vehicle speed, parking brake, B
Vehicle Signals
lights, ignition switch, and reverse.
Speaker Test The connection of a speaker can be confirmed by test tone.
C
Climate Control* Not used.
The system malfunction and the frequency when occurred in the past are
Error History displayed. When the malfunctioning item is selected, the time and place
Confirmation/ that the selected malfunction last occurred are displayed. D
Adjustment
It can perform the confirmation of a signal connection to the camera con-
trol unit, the calibration of each camera, Correct Draw Line of Camera
Camera Cont.
Image, and Fine Tuning of Birds-Eye View. E
Refer to AV-60, "Diagnosis Description".
Vehicle CAN Diagnosis The transmitting/receiving of CAN communication can be monitored.
The communication condition of each unit of Multi AV system can be F
AV COMM Diagnosis
monitored.
Delete Unit Connection Log Erase the connection history of unit and error history.
Initialize Settings Initializes the AV control unit memory. G
NOTE:
*:On-board self-diagnosis is not supported. Only CONSULT-III is supported.
H
STARTING PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the audio system OFF. I
3. While pressing the “SETTING” button, turn the volume control
dial clockwise or counterclockwise for 40 clicks or more. (When
the self-diagnosis mode is started, a short beep will be heard.) J
• Shifting from current screen to previous screen is performed
by pressing “BACK” button.
K
L
JSNIA1285GB
JSNIA0138GB P
SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE
1. Start the self-diagnosis function and select “Self Diagnosis”.
- Self-diagnosis subdivision screen is displayed, and the self-diagnosis mode starts.
- The bar graph visible on the center of the self-diagnosis subdivision screen indicates progress of the trou-
ble diagnosis.
AV-61
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
2. Diagnosis results are displayed after the self-diagnosis is com-
pleted. The unit names and the connection lines are color-coded
according to the diagnostic results.
Con-
Diagnosis results Unit nection
line
Normal Green Green
Connection malfunction Gray Yellow
Unit malfunction Note Red Green JSNIA1435GB
NOTE:
• Only the control unit (AV control unit) is displayed in red.
• Replace AV control unit if “Self-Diagnosis did not run because of a control unit malfunction” is indicated.
The symptom is AV control unit internal error. Refer to AV-170, "Removal and Installation".
- If multiple errors occur at the same time for a single unit, the screen switch colors are determined accord-
ing to the following order of priority: red > yellow > gray.
- The comments of the self-diagnosis results can be viewed with a
component in the diagnosis result screen.
JSNIA0141GB
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
• The self-diagnosis mode allows the technician to diagnose the connection in the communication line
between AV control unit and each unit and the internal operation of the AV control unit.
• Because the start condition of diagnosis function is a switch operation, the on board diagnosis function can-
not be started up if any malfunction is detected in the communication circuit between AV control unit and
multifunction switch.
• Check the applicable display in the following table, and then repair the malfunctioning parts.
Self-diagnosis Result Chart
NOTE:
When a control unit malfunction is detected (red in
unit display), connection malfunctions with other
connection unit may be displayed.
“Self-Diagnosis did not run because of a control unit
malfunction”
AV-62
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Possible malfunction location / Action
Area with yellow connection lines Description
to take A
D
JSNIA1437GB
E
When either one of the following
items is detected:
• rear control switch power supply and
• Rear control switch power supply
ground circuits are malfunctioning.
and ground circuits.
F
• AV communication signal between
• AV communication circuits between
AV control unit and rear control
AV control unit and multifunction
switch is malfunctioning.
switch. G
• malfunction is detected in AV com-
munication circuits between AV con-
trol unit and multifunction switch.
JSNIA1438GB H
CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT MODE
1. Start the diagnosis function and select “Confirmation/Adjustment”. The confirmation/adjustment mode I
indicates where each item can be checked or adjusted.
2. Select each switch on the “Confirmation/Adjustment Mode”
screen to display the relevant trouble diagnosis screen. Press
the “BACK” switch to return to the initial Confirmation/Adjust- J
ment Mode screen.
JSNIA0147GB
Display Diagnosis M
AV
JSNIA0688GB
AV-63
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
The tint of the color bar indication is as per the following list if RGB signal error is detected.
JSNIA0149GB
Speaker Test
Select “SPEAKER DIAGNOSIS” to display the Speaker Diagnosis
screen. Press “START and NEXT” to generate a test tone in a
speaker. Press “Start” to generate a test tone in the next speaker.
Press “End” to stop the test tones.
NOTE:
The frequency of test tone emitted from each speaker is as follows.
Squawker : 3 kHz
Front speaker : 300 Hz
Rear speaker : 1 kHz
JSNIA0150GB
Climate Control
On-board self-diagnosis is not supported. Only CONSULT-III is supported.
Refer to HAC-156, "WITHOUT INTELLIGENT AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM : CONSULT-III Function"for
details.
Camera Cont.
Refer to AV-56, "System Description".
Error History
AV-64
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
The self-diagnosis results are judged depending on whether any error occurs from when “Self-diagnosis” is
selected until the self-diagnosis results are displayed. A
However, the diagnosis results are judged normal if an error has occurred before the ignition switch is turned
ON and then no error has occurred until the self-diagnosis start. Check the “Error Record” to detect any error
that may have occurred before the self-diagnosis start because of this situation.
B
The error record displays the time and place of the most recent occurrence of that error. However, take note of
the following points.
• Place of the error occurrence is represented by the position of the current location mark at the time an error
occurred. If current location mark has deviated from the correct position, then the place of the error occur- C
rence cannot be located correctly.
• The frequency of occurrence is displayed in a count up manner. The actual count up method differs depend-
ing on the error item. D
Count up method A
• The counter resets to 0 if an error occurs when IGN switch is turned ON. The counter increases by 1 if the
condition is normal at a next IGN ON cycle.
• The counter upper limit is 39. Any counts exceeding 39 are ignored.“ The counter can be reset (no error E
record display) with the “Delete log” switch or CONSULT-III.
Count up method B
• The counter increases by 1 if an error occurs when IGN switch is ON. The counter will not decrease even if F
the condition is normal at the next IGN ON cycle.
• The counter upper limit is 50. Any counts exceeding 50 are ignored. “ The counter can be reset (no error
record display) with the “Delete log” switch or CONSULT-III.
G
Display type of occur-
Error history display item
rence frequency
Count up method A CAN communication line, control unit (CAN), AV communication line, control unit (AV communication) H
Count up method B Other than the above
JSNIA0151GB AV
Error item
Some error items may be displayed simultaneously according to the cause. If some error items are displayed
simultaneously, the detection of the cause can be performed by the combination of display items
O
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
Perform diagnosis with CONSULT-III, and
CAN communication malfunction is detect- P
CAN COMM CIRCUIT then repair the malfunctioning parts accord-
ed.
ing to the diagnosis results.
AV-65
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
CAN initial diagnosis malfunction is detect-
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
ed.
AV communication circuit initial diagnosis
CONTROL UNIT (AV) Replace the AV control unit.
malfunction is detected.
FLASH-ROM Error Of Control Unit
AV control unit malfunction is detected.
CAN Controller Memory Error
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• display unit power supply and ground cir-
cuits are malfunctioning. • Display unit power supply and ground
• serial communication circuits between circuits
Front Display Connection Error
display unit and AV control unit are mal- • Serial communication circuits between
functioning. display unit and AV control unit
• serial communication signal between
display unit and AV control unit is mal-
functioning.
Camera connection recognition signal cir- Camera connection recognition signal cir-
Camera Cont. Unit Connection Error
cuits malfunction is detected. cuit
Rear control switch power supply and Rear control switch power supply and
AV COMM CIRCUIT
ground circuits malfunction are detected. ground circuits.
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• multifunction switch power supply and
ground circuits are malfunctioning. • Multifunction switch power supply and
• AV COMM CIRCUIT • AV communication circuits between AV ground circuits
• Switches Connection Error control unit and multifunction switch are • AV communication circuits between AV
malfunctioning. control unit and multifunction switch
• AV communication signal between AV
control unit and multifunction switch is
malfunctioning.
AV-66
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
A
With rear control switch
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• camera control unit power supply and B
ground circuits are malfunctioning. • Camera control unit power supply and
• AV communication signal between AV ground circuits
control unit and Camera control unit is • AV communication circuits between mul-
malfunctioning. tifunction switch and rear control switch C
• AV communication circuits between mul- • AV communication circuits between rear
tifunction switch and rear control switch control switch and camera control unit
are malfunctioning.
• AV communication circuits between rear D
• AV COMM CIRCUIT control switch and camera control unit
• Rear view Camera connection Error are malfunctioning.
Without rear control switch E
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• camera control unit power supply and
• Camera control unit power supply and
ground circuits are malfunctioning. F
ground circuits
• AV communication circuits between AV
• AV communication circuits between mul-
control unit and camera control unit is
tifunction switch and camera control unit
malfunctioning.
• AV communication signal between AV G
control unit and camera control unit is
malfunctioning.
When either one of the following items is H
detected:
• AV communication circuits between AV
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
control unit and multifunction switch are AV communication circuits between AV
• Switches Connection Error I
malfunctioning. control unit and multifunction switch
• Rear view Camera connection Error
• AV communication signal between AV
control unit and multifunction switch is
malfunctioning.
J
Vehicle CAN Diagnosis
• CAN communication status and error counter is displayed.
• The error counter displays “OK” if any malfunction was not K
detected in the past and displays “0” if a malfunction is detected. It
increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch
ON cycle. The upper limit of the counter is 39.
L
• The error counter is erased if reset.
Malfunction counter
Items Display (Current) M
(Past)
Tx (HVAC) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
JSNIA1287GB
Rx (ECM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
AV
Rx (Cluster) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
Rx (BCM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
Rx (HVAC) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39 O
Rx (USM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
AV COMM Diagnosis P
AV-67
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
• Displays the communication status between AV control unit (mas-
ter unit) and each unit.
• The error counter displays “OK” if any malfunction was not
detected in the past and displays “0” if a malfunction is detected. It
increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch
ON cycle. The upper limit of the counter is 39.
• If it resets, the error counter is erased.
Status Counter
Items
(Current) (Past)
JSNIA1439GB
C Tx(ITM–SW) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(PrimarySW–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(RrSeatSW–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(RearCamera–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
JSNIA0154GB
CONSULT-III FUNCTIONS
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via the communication with the AV control unit.
AV COMMUNICATION
When “AV communication” of “CAN Diag Support Monitor” is selected, the following function will be performed.
Displays the communication status from AV control unit to each unit as well as the error
AV&NAVI C/U
AV communication counter.
AUDIO Displays the AV control unit communication status and the error counter.
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
• In CONSULT-III self-diagnosis, self-diagnosis results and error history are displayed collectively.
• The timing is displayed as “0” if any of the error codes [U1000], [U1010], [U1300] and [U1310] is detected.
The counter increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch ON cycle.
Self-diagnosis Results Display Item
AV-68
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Error item Detection logic Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
A
CAN initial diagnosis malfunction is detect-
CONTROL UNIT (CAN) [U1010]
ed.
AV communication circuit initial diagnosis Replace the AV control unit.
CONTROL UNIT (AV) [U1310] Refer to AV-170, "Removal and Installa- B
malfunction is detected.
tion".
Control Unit FLASH-ROM [U1200]
AV control unit malfunction is detected.
CAN CONT [U1216]
C
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• display unit power supply and ground cir- • Display unit power supply and ground
cuits are malfunctioning. circuits D
• serial communication circuits between Refer to AV-82, "DISPLAY UNIT : Diag-
FRONT DISP CONN [U1243]
display unit and AV control unit are mal- nosis Procedure".
functioning. • Serial communication circuits between
• serial communication signal between display unit and AV control unit E
display unit and AV control unit is mal-
functioning.
AV
AV-69
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Error item Detection logic Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
With rear control switch
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• camera control unit power supply and • Camera control unit power supply and
ground circuits are malfunctioning. ground circuits
• AV communication signal between AV Refer to AV-84, "CAMERA CONTROL
control unit and Camera control unit is UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
malfunctioning. • AV communication circuits between mul-
• AV communication circuits between mul- tifunction switch and rear control switch
tifunction switch and rear control switch • AV communication circuits between rear
are malfunctioning. control switch and camera control unit
• AV communication circuits between rear
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] control switch and camera control unit
• REAR-CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] are malfunctioning.
Without rear control switch
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• Camera control unit power supply and
• camera control unit power supply and
ground circuits
ground circuits are malfunctioning.
Refer to AV-84, "CAMERA CONTROL
• AV communication circuits between AV
UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
control unit and camera control unit is
• AV communication circuits between mul-
malfunctioning.
tifunction switch and camera control unit
• AV communication signal between AV
control unit and camera control unit is
malfunctioning.
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• AV communication circuits between AV
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
control unit and multifunction switch are AV communication circuits between AV
• SWITCH CONN [U1240]
malfunctioning. control unit and multifunction switch
• REAR-CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252]
• AV communication signal between AV
control unit and multifunction switch is
malfunctioning.
DATA MONITOR
ALL SIGNALS
• Displays the status of the following vehicle signals inputted to the AV control unit.
• For each signal, actual signal can be compared with the condition recognized on the system.
AV-70
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Allows the technician to select which vehicle signals should be displayed and displays the status of the
selected vehicle signals. A
AV
AV-71
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003882713
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H, CAN-L) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each
control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
CAN Communication Signal Chart. Refer to LAN-22, "CAN Communication Signal Chart".
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003882714
AV-72
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
A
Description INFOID:0000000003882716
AV
AV-73
U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000003882719
Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-170, "Removal and Installation".
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
CONTROL UNIT (AV) AV communication circuit initial diagnosis malfunction is
U1310 Replace AV control unit.
[U1310] detected.
AV-74
U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003882721
Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-170, "Removal and Installation". B
G
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
Display contents of
DTC Detection Condition Action to take
H
CONSULT-III
Cont Unit
U1200 FLASH- ROM AV control unit malfunction is detected. (FLASH-ROM). Replace AV control unit.
I
[U1200]
AV
AV-75
U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000003882723
Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-170, "Removal and Installation".
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
CAN CONT Internal malfunction of AV control unit (CAN controller) is
U1216 Replace AV control unit.
[U1216] detected.
AV-76
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003882725
B
Part name Description
• Display image is controlled by the serial communication from AV control unit.
• It receives the power (signal VCC and inverter VCC) from the AV control unit
C
and operates.
• RGB image signal is input from AV control unit (RGB, RGB area and RGB syn-
DISPLAY UNIT
chronizing).
• Composite image (DVD, AUX and camera images) signal is input from AV con- D
trol unit.
• Synchronize signal (HP, VP) is output to AV control unit.
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals P
Ground
11
M49 Not existed
22
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
AV-77
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
PKIB5039J
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
PKIB5039J
AV-78
U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003882728
B
Part name Description
• Camera image signal is input from rear view camera. Camera image signal
output to AV control unit.
C
• Power supply is transmitted to rear view camera.
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
• AV control unit recognizes the presence of camera system with camera con-
nection recognition signal.
• Camera control unit is connected via AV communication. D
E
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
CAMERA CONT. CONN Malfunction is detected in camera connection recogni- Camera connection recognition sig- F
U1250
[U1250] tion signal circuit. nal circuit.
AV-79
U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
AV-80
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003882731
U1300 is indicated when malfunction occurs in communication signal of multi AV system. Indicated simulta- B
neously, without fail, with the malfunction of control units connected to AV control unit with communication line.
Determine the possible malfunction cause from the table below.
Self-diagnosis results display item C
AV
AV-81
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
AV CONTROL UNIT
AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901202
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.)
Battery power supply 19 OFF
M127
ACC power supply 7 ACC Battery voltage
Ignition signal M131 104 ON
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between AV control unit and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV control unit connectors.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connectors and ground.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
M127 20
Ground OFF Existed
M131 85
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
DISPLAY UNIT
DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901446
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.)
Inverter VCC 2
M49 ACC 9V
Signal VCC 3
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
AV-82
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Display unit
Signal name Continuity
Connector No. Terminal No. E
Ground
Inverter VCC 2
M49 Not existed
Signal VCC 3
F
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. G
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT SIDE)
1. Connect the AV control unit harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ACC. H
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector and ground.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.) I
Inverter VCC 59
M129 ACC 9V
Signal VCC 47
J
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTED END.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
K
4.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector. L
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.
Display unit
Signal name Continuity M
Connector No. Terminal No. Ground
Ground M49 1 Existed
Is inspection result normal? AV
YES >> INSPECTED END.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH O
P
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
AV-83
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between multifunction switch harness connector and ground.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.)
ACC power supply M125 3 ACC Battery voltage
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between multifunction switch and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect multifunction switch connector.
3. Check continuity between multifunction switch harness connector and ground.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
Ground M125 1 OFF Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901205
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.)
Battery power supply 32 OFF
B251 Battery voltage
ACC power supply 30 ACC
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between camera control unit and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
Ground B251 31 OFF Existed
Is inspection result normal?
AV-84
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector. A
AV
AV-85
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000003882739
Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit with RGB signal to the display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901206
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M49 17 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope.
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
SKIB2238J
AV-86
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY
A
UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000003882741
B
Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit or NAVI control unit with RGB signal to the display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901207
C
1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.
E
Display unit AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M49 6 M129 39 Existed F
4. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.
Display unit
G
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M49 6 Not existed H
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. I
2.CHECK RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
J
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope.
K
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal L
AV-87
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000003882743
Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit or NAVI control unit with RGB signal to the display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901208
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M49 18 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope.
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
SKIB2237J
AV-88
RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY
UNIT)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DIS-
A
PLAY UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000003882745
B
Transmit the RGB synchronizing signal to the display unit so as to synchronize the RGB image displayed with
AV control unit or NAVI control unit.
C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901209
M49 19 Ground —
AV
SKIB3603E
AV-89
RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003882747
Transmits the display area of RGB image displayed by AV control unit or NAVI control unit with RGB area (YS)
signal to display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901210
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M49 9 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope.
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
When RGB image is displayed. Approx. 5 V
M49 9 Ground
When AUX image is displayed.
PKIB4948J
AV-90
HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003882749
In composite image (AUX image, camera image), transmit the vertical synchronizing (VP) signal and horizon- B
tal synchronizing (HP) signal from display unit to AV control unit so as to synchronize the RGB images dis-
played with AV control unit such as the image quality adjusting menu, etc.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901211 C
M
M49 8 Ground —
AV
SKIB3601E
AV-91
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003882751
In composite image (AUX image, camera image), transmit the vertical synchronizing (VP) signal and horizon-
tal synchronizing (HP) signal from display unit to AV control unit so as to synchronize the RGB images dis-
played with AV control unit such as the image quality adjusting menu, etc.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901212
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M49 20 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope.
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
M49 20 Ground —
SKIB3598E
AV-92
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003882753
Transmits the image signal of external device from auxiliary input jacks to AV control unit. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003882754
AV
SKIB2251J
AV-93
DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003882755
The eject signal is output to AV control unit when the eject switch of multifunction switch is pressed.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901213
Multifunction switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M125 14 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect multifunction switch connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector and ground.
(+)
AV control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
Pressing the eject switch. 0V
M131 103 Ground
Except for above. 3.3 V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace preset switch.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
AV-94
REAR VIEW CAMERA POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
REAR VIEW CAMERA POWER SUPPLY
A
Description INFOID:0000000003882757
• Camera control unit outputs camera ON signal to rear view camera and inputs rear view camera image sig- B
nal from rear view camera when the reverse signal is input.
• The camera control unit that inputs the camera image signal transmits the camera image signal to the AV
control unit.
C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901214
1. Connect camera control unit connector and rear view camera connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
K
3. Check signal between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
(+)
Voltage
L
Camera control unit (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Selector le- M
ver in R posi- 6.0 V
tion.
B251 8 Ground Other than AV
selector le-
0V
ver in R posi-
tion.
O
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace rear view camera.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
P
AV-95
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003882759
• Camera control unit outputs camera ON signal to rear view camera and inputs rear view camera image sig-
nal from rear view camera when the reverse signal is input.
• The camera control unit that inputs the camera image signal transmits the camera image signal to the dis-
play unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901215
(+)
Camera control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
SKIB2251J
AV-96
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003882761
AV control unit that inputs the camera image signal and AUX image signal transmits the composite image sig- B
nal to the display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901216
C
1.CHECK CONTINUITY COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector and display unit connector. D
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and display unit harness connector.
M
Ground
When AUX or camera image is dis-
M129 36
played.
AV
SKIB2251J
AV-97
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003939943
• Steering angle sensor signal 1, 2 detects the turning direction and quantity of the steering and transmits it to
the camera control unit.
• Steering angle sensor signal 3 detects the neutral position of the steering and transmits it to the camera con-
trol unit.
• Camera control unit performs the correction of neutral position with sensor signal 1, 2, 3 and vehicle speed
signal.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003939944
(+)
Voltage
Camera control unit
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminals
23
B251 24 Ground 5.0 V
25
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
3.CHECK SIGNAL SENSOR SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect steering angle sensor connector.
AV-98
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check signal between camera control unit harness connector and ground. A
(+)
Camera control unit (−) Condition Reference value B
Connector Terminals
SKIB3827E
A: Sensor signal 1
E
B: Sensor signal 2
23, 24 Ground
SKIB3828E
A: Sensor signal 1 H
B: Sensor signal 2
SKIB3829E
A: Sensor signal 3 K
B: Sensor signal 1
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> Replace steering angle sensor.
AV
AV-99
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003939934
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M127 6 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE
Check spiral cable.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace spiral cable.
3.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector.
(+) (−)
Voltage
AV control unit AV control unit
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M127 6 M127 15 3.3 V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-101, "Component Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
AV-100
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003939936
A
Measure the resistance between the steering switch connector ter-
minals 14 to 17 and 15 to 17.
B
D
JSNIA0215GB
Standard
E
Steering switch
Resistance
Con- Termi- Con- Termi- Condition
Ω
nector nal nector nal
F
MENU DOWN switch
315 – 327
ON
14
MENU UP switch ON 119 – 123
M303 M303 17 G
SOURCE switch ON 1
VOL UP switch ON 119 – 123
15
VOL DOWN switch ON 1 H
AV
AV-101
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003939937
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M127 16 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE
Check spiral cable.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace spiral cable.
3.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector.
(+) (−)
Voltage
AV control unit AV control unit
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M127 16 M127 15 3.3 V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-103, "Component Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
AV-102
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003939939
A
Measure the resistance between the steering switch connector ter-
minals 14 to 17 and 15 to 17.
B
D
JSNIA0215GB
Standard
E
Steering switch
Resistance
Con- Termi- Con- Termi- Condition
Ω
nector nal nector nal
F
MENU DOWN switch
315 – 327
ON
14
MENU UP switch ON 119 – 123
M303 M303 17 G
SOURCE switch ON 1
VOL UP switch ON 119 – 123
15
VOL DOWN switch ON 1 H
AV
AV-103
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003939940
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M127 15 Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH
Check steering switch. Refer to AV-105, "Component Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
AV-104
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003939942
A
Measure the resistance between the steering switch connector ter-
minals 14 to 17 and 15 to 17.
B
D
JSNIA0215GB
Standard
E
Steering switch
Resistance
Con- Termi- Con- Termi- Condition
Ω
nector nal nector nal
F
MENU DOWN switch
315 – 327
ON
14
MENU UP switch ON 119 – 123
M303 M303 17 G
SOURCE switch ON 1
VOL UP switch ON 119 – 123
15
VOL DOWN switch ON 1 H
AV
AV-105
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
ECU DIAGNOSIS
AV CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000003897072
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSNIA1440ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
AV-106
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Terminal A
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
2 3
Ignition C
Sound signal front LH Output switch Sound output.
(W) (B)
ON
D
SKIB3609E
E
Ignition
4 5
Sound signal rear LH Output switch Sound output.
(O/B) (W/R)
ON F
SKIB3609E
Ignition
11 12
Sound signal front RH Output switch Sound output.
(B/W) (BR)
ON
L
SKIB3609E
M
Ignition AV
13 14
Sound signal rear RH Output switch Sound output.
(L) (B/W)
ON
O
SKIB3609E
Ignition
15 Steering switch signal
Ground — switch — 0V
(L/B) ground P
ON
Keep pressing VOL DOWN
0V
switch.
Ignition
16 15
Steering switch signal B Input switch Keep pressing VOL UP
(GR/L) (L/B) 0.7 V
ON switch.
Except for above. 3.3 V
AV-107
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
19
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
Ignition
20
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B/W)
ON
33 — FM sub Input — — —
34 — AM–FM main Input — — —
Ignition
35 Ground Antenna amp. ON signal Output switch — 12.0 V
ACC
Ignition
36 When camera image or
Ground Composite image signal Output switch
(B) AUX image is displayed.
ON
SKIB2251J
Ignition
37 Composite image signal
Ground — switch — 0V
(W) ground
ON
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
38 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB image signal (B: blue) Output switch
(B) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2237J
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
39 RGB image signal (G: play color bar by selecting
Ground Output switch
(R) green) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2236J
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
40 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB image signal (R: red) Output switch
(W) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2238J
Ignition
41
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Output switch —
(G)
ON
SKIB3603E
AV-108
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
RGB synchronizing signal B
42 — — — — —
shield
When RGB image is dis-
5.0 V
played. C
Ignition
43 D
Ground RGB area (YS) signal Output switch
(B) When camera image or
ON
AUX image is displayed.
E
PKIB4948J
F
Ignition
44 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Input switch
(G) (DISP→CONT) brightness.
ON G
PKIB5039J
H
Ignition
45 Horizontal synchronizing I
Ground Input switch —
(W) (HP) signal
ON
J
SKIB3601E
Ignition
46
Ground Signal ground — switch — —
(LG) K
ACC
Ignition
47
Ground Signal VCC Output switch — 9.0 V
(O)
ACC L
49 — Shield — — — —
50 — RGB signal Shield — — — —
M
55 — Shield — — — —
AV
Ignition
56 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Output switch
(R) (CONT→DISP) brightness.
ON
O
PKIB5039J
Ignition
57 Vertical synchronizing (VP)
Ground Input switch —
(R) signal
ON
SKIB3598E
AV-109
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
58
Ground Inverter ground — switch — —
(BR)
ACC
Ignition
59
Ground Inverter VCC Output switch — 9.0 V
(Y)
ACC
Camera image signal
64 — — — — —
shield
Ignition
65 When camera image is dis-
Ground Camera image signal Input switch
(Y) played.
ON
SKIB2251J
Ignition
66 Composite (AUX) image When AUX image is dis-
Ground Input switch
(G) signal played.
ON
SKIB2251J
Ignition
95 97
AUX sound signal RH Input switch AUX sound input.
(W) (R)
ON
SKIB3609E
AV-110
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
Ignition
96 97 C
AUX sound signal LH Input switch AUX sound input.
(B) (R)
ON
SKIB3609E D
Ignition
101
Ground Switch ground — switch — 0V
(BR)
ON E
Ignition Pressing the eject switch. 0V
103
Ground Disk eject signal Input switch
(SB) Except for above. 3.3 V
ON
F
Ignition
104
Ground Ignition signal Input switch — Battery voltage
(O)
ON
G
Ignition Selector lever in R position. 12.0 V
105
Ground Reverse signal Input switch Other than selector lever in
(P/B) 0V
ON R position.
H
Parking brake ON. 0V
I
Ignition
106
Ground Parking brake signal Input switch
(G/R) Parking brake OFF.
ON
J
JSNIA0007GB
NOTE: K
The maximum voltage varies de-
pending on the specification
(destination unit).
L
Ignition
107 Vehicle speed signal When vehicle speed is ap-
Ground Input switch
(V/W) (8-pulse) prox. 40 km/h (25MPH).
ON
M
JSNIA0012GB
AV
111 — Shield — — — —
*:Stereo sounds are input only when the 2 channel stereo sound is played.
O
AV-111
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Wiring Diagram — BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM — INFOID:0000000003882775
JCNWM0882GB
AV-112
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0883GB
AV-113
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0884GB
AV-114
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0885GB
AV-115
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0886GB
AV-116
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0887GB
AV-117
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0888GB
AV-118
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0889GB
AV-119
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0890GB
AV-120
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0891GB
AV-121
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0892GB
AV-122
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0893GB
AV-123
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0894GB
AV-124
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0895GB
AV-125
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0896GB
NOTE:
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.
DTC Index INFOID:0000000003882776
AV-126
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
AV-127
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
DISPLAY UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000003897073
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JPNIA0006ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
1
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B/W)
ON
ignition
2
Ground Inverter VCC Input switch — 9.0 V
(Y)
ACC
Ignition
3
Ground Signal VCC Input switch — 9.0 V
(O)
ACC
Composite image signal
4 — — — — —
shield
Ignition
5 Composite image signal
Ground — switch — 0V
(W) ground
ON
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
6 RGB image signal (G: play color bar by selecting
Ground Input switch
(R) green) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2236J
7 — RGB ground — — — —
Ignition
8 Horizontal synchronizing
Ground Output switch —
(W) (HP) signal
ON
SKIB3601E
AV-128
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
When RGB image is dis- B
5.0 V
played.
Ignition
C
9
Ground RGB area (YS) signal Input switch When camera image, DVD
(B)
ON image or AUX image is dis-
played. D
PKIB4948J
Ignition
11 Communication signal When adjusting display F
Ground Input switch
(R) (CONT→DISP) brightness.
ON
PKIB5039J
G
Ignition
13
Ground Inverter ground — switch — 0V
(BR) H
ON
Ignition
14
Ground Signal ground — switch — 0V
(LG)
ON I
Start confirmation/adjust- L
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
17 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB image signal (R: red) Input switch
(W) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
M
screen.
SKIB2238J
AV
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
18 play color bar by O
Ground RGB image signal (B: blue) Input switch
(B) selecting“Color Spectrum
ON
Bar” on DISPLAY DIAGNO-
SIS screen.
SKIB2237J
P
AV-129
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
19
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Input switch —
(G)
ON
SKIB3603E
Ignition
20 Vertical synchronizing (VP)
Ground Output switch —
(R) signal
ON
SKIB3598E
Ignition
22 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Output switch
(G) (DISP→CONT) brightness.
ON
PKIB5039J
23 — Shield — — — —
AV-130
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Wiring Diagram — BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM — INFOID:0000000003971682
AV
JCNWM0882GB
P
AV-131
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0883GB
AV-132
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0884GB
AV-133
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0885GB
AV-134
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0886GB
AV-135
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0887GB
AV-136
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0888GB
AV-137
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0889GB
AV-138
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0890GB
AV-139
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0891GB
AV-140
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0892GB
AV-141
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0893GB
AV-142
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0894GB
AV-143
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0895GB
AV-144
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0896GB
NOTE:
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION P
SWITCH virtually.
AV-145
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
Reference Values INFOID:0000000003897074
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JPNIA0007ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
5 — Shield — — — —
Ignition
6 When rear view camera im-
Ground Camera image signal Input switch
(B) age is displayed.
ON
SKIB2251J
Ignition
7
Ground Rear view camera ground — switch — 0V
(W)
ON
Ignition
12 When rear view camera im-
Ground Camera image signal Output switch
(BR) age is displayed.
ON
SKIB2251J
AV-146
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
D
Turn the steering to the
right.
SKIB3827E
E
A: Sensor signal 1
Ignition B: Sensor signal 2
23
Ground Sensor signal 1 Input switch
(G) F
ON
G
Turn the steering to the left.
SKIB3828E H
A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2
SKIB3827E
K
A: Sensor signal 1
Ignition B: Sensor signal 2
24
Ground Sensor signal 2 Input switch
(SB)
ON L
SKIB3828E
A: Sensor signal 1
AV
B: Sensor signal 2
Ignition
25 Turn the steering around
Ground Sensor signal 3 Input switch P
(O) the neutral position.
ON
SKIB3829E
A: Sensor signal 3
B: Sensor signal 1
AV-147
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
NOTE:
The maximum voltage varies de-
pending on the specification
(destination unit).
Ignition
26 Vehicle speed signal When vehicle speed is ap-
Ground Input switch
(O) (8-pulse) prox. 40 km/h (25 MPH).
ON
JSNIA0012GB
Ignition
30
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(V)
ACC
Ignition
31
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B/R)
ON
Ignition
32
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
AV-148
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Wiring Diagram — BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM — INFOID:0000000003971683
AV
JCNWM0882GB
P
AV-149
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0883GB
AV-150
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0884GB
AV-151
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0885GB
AV-152
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0886GB
AV-153
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0887GB
AV-154
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0888GB
AV-155
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0889GB
AV-156
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0890GB
AV-157
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0891GB
AV-158
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0892GB
AV-159
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0893GB
AV-160
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0894GB
AV-161
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
JCNWM0895GB
AV-162
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV
JCNWM0896GB
NOTE:
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION P
SWITCH virtually.
AV-163
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000003882785
AV-164
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AV-165
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Check that there is no malfunction of AUX equipment main body before performing a diagnosis.
AV-166
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000003882786
BASIC OPERATIONS B
AV-167
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
Symptom Cause and Counter measure
Move immediately to the next song When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3”, or “.wma”,
when playing or when play is prohibited by copyright protection, the player will skip to the next song.
The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the software, so the files might
desired order. not play in the desired order.
Noise resulting from variations in field strength, such as fading noise and multi-path noise, or external noise from trains and other
sources, is not a malfunction.
NOTE:
• Fading noise: This noise occurs because of variations in the field strength in a narrow range due to mountains or buildings blocking
the signal.
• Multi-path noise: This noise results from a time difference between the broadcast waves directly from the station arriving at the
antenna and the waves reflected by mountains or buildings.
AV-168
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000003960542
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIRBAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. E
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIRBAG”.
F
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
G
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000003882788
AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM H
• Do not apply voltage of 7.0 V or higher to the measurement terminals.
• Use the tester with its open terminal voltage being 7.0 V or less.
• Be sure to turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal before
checking the circuit. I
J
AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
• Solder the repaired parts, and wrap with tape. [Frays of twisted line
must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).]
K
PKIA0306E
AV
• Do not perform bypass wire connections for the repair parts. (The
spliced wire will become separated and the characteristics of
twisted line will be lost.)
O
PKIA0307E
AV-169
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR
AV CONTROL UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003940154
REMOVAL
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
JPNIA1034ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument finisher C. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove AV control unit with A/C amp. as a single unit from the body.
4. Remove bracket screws, and then remove AV control unit.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-170
DISPLAY UNIT
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
DISPLAY UNIT
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003940156
REMOVAL B
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C
JPNIA1035ZZ
F
1. Display unit
REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". H
2. Remove display unit mounting screws, and then disconnect the display unit connector.
3. Remove display unit.
I
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
J
AV
AV-171
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003940158
JPNIA1036ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove front door finisher. Refer to INT-30, "DRIVER SIDE : Removal and Installation" (driver side) or
INT-33, "PASSENGER SIDE : Removal and Installation" (passenger side).
2. Remove front door speaker mounting bolts, disconnect the front door speaker connector.
3. Remove front door speaker.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-172
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003940160
D
JPNIA1037ZZ
E
1. Rear door speaker
AV
AV-173
FRONT SQUAWKER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
FRONT SQUAWKER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003940162
JPNIA1038ZZ
1. Front squawker
REMOVAL
1. Remove the speaker grille with squawker. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove front squawker mounting screws, lift up the front squawker and disconnect front squawker con-
nector.
3. Remove front squawker.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-174
ANTENNA AMP.
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
ANTENNA AMP.
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003940164
D
JPNIA1032ZZ
E
1. AM-FM main connector
2. Antenna amp.
F
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000003940165
REMOVAL
G
1. Remove rear side pillar finisher. Refer to INT-39, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect antenna feeder connector and clip.
3. Remove antenna amp. mounting nut, disconnect the antenna amp. connector. H
4. Remove antenna amp.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal. I
AV
AV-175
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003940166
REMOVAL
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
JPNIA1052ZZ
1. Cluster lid D
2. Multifunction switch
REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove multifunction switch mounting screws.
3. Remove multifunction switch.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-176
PRESET SWITCH
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
PRESET SWITCH
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003940168
REMOVAL B
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C
JPNIA1044ZZ
H
1. Preset switch 2. Cluster lid C
REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid C. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". J
2. Remove preset switch mounting screws.
3. Remove preset switch.
K
1. Preset switch
A. Screw
B. Screw L
JPNIA1045ZZ AV
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
NOTE: O
When installing preset switch, do not allow the print wire that connects preset switch and multifunction switch
to get caught in between AV control unit and preset switch.
P
AV-177
REAR CONTROL SWITCH
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
REAR CONTROL SWITCH
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003940170
REMOVAL
Refer to SE-98, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
JPNIA1046ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear control switch, stretching pawls of armrest assembly.
2. Disconnect rear control switch connector.
3. Remove rear control switch.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-178
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003940172
REMOVAL B
Refer to IP-22, "Removal and Installation".
DISASSEMBLY
C
JPNIA1048ZZ
F
1. Auxiliary input jacks
REMOVAL
1. Remove console finisher. Refer to IP-22, "Removal and Installation". H
2. Remove auxiliary mounting screws.
3. Remove auxiliary input jacks.
I
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
J
AV
AV-179
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003940174
JPNIA1049ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear wheelhouse finisher RH. Refer to INT-57, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove camera control unit mounting screws, disconnect the camera control unit connector.
3. Remove camera control unit.
INSTALLATION
1. Installation is the reverse order of removal.
2. Perform predicted course line center position adjustment. Refer to AV-47, "PREDICTED COURSE LINE
CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair Requirement".
AV-180
REAR VIEW CAMERA
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
REAR VIEW CAMERA
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003940176
DISASSEMBLY B
JPNIA1050ZZ E
REMOVAL
1. Remove trunk lid finisher inner. Refer to INT-59, "Removal and Installation". H
2. Remove trunk lid finisher. Refer to EXT-38, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove rear view camera mounting clip, disconnect the rear view camera connector.
4. Remove rear view camera. I
INSTALLATION
1. Installation is the reverse order of removal. J
Adjustment INFOID:0000000003970920
Adjust the guide line position if the guide line position is shifted after installing the rear view camera. K
1. Draw lines on rearward area of the vehicle passing through the
following points: 200 mm (7.87 in) from both sides of the vehicle,
and 0.5 m (1.64 ft), 1.0 m (3.28 ft) from the rear end of the L
bumper.
2. Set into “Adjust offset of rear view camera” mode of Confirma-
tion / Adjustment mode.
M
AV
SKIB3691E
AV-181
REAR VIEW CAMERA
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
3. Rotate the center dial, and then select the guiding line pattern so
that its angle is aligned with the correction line of the rear of the
vehicle.
Selected pattern :7
4. Fine adjust the guiding line so that its position is aligned to the
correction line by pressing the up/down/left/right switches.
Pressing “ENTER” enable the camera control unit to memory
the adjusted guiding line position.
SKIB3689E
Up/Down adjustment range : −20 – 20
Left/Right adjustment range : −20 – 20
CAUTION:
Never operate other function such as pressing BACK while writing index data.
If Confirmation/Adjustment mode does not function in the above procedure, perform one of the
following service to adjust the index again.
• Remove battery for five min. Then reconnect battery.
• Remove camera control unit connector for five min. Then reconnect camera control unit connec-
tor.
AV-182
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003940179
REMOVAL B
Refer to SR-9, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C
JSNIA0135ZZ
F
1. Spiral cable
2. Steering angle sensor
G
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000003940180
REMOVAL H
1. Remove spiral cable.
2. Remove steering angle sensor mounting screws.
3. Remove steering angle sensor. I
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal. J
AV
AV-183
ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO)
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BASE AUDIO AND DISPLAY SYSTEM]
ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO)
Harness Layout INFOID:0000000003882826
JPNIA1033GB
AV-184
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000003765632
B
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
JSNIA0732GB M
>> GO TO 5.
4.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to AV-372, "Symptom
Table".
>> GO TO 5.
5.ERROR PART REPAIR
1. Repair or replace the identified malfunctioning parts.
2. Perform a self-diagnosis for “MULTI AV” with CONSULT-III.
NOTE:
Erase the stored self-diagnosis results after repairing or replacing the relevant components if any DTC
has been indicated in the self-diagnosis results.
3. Check that the symptom does not occur.
Does the symptom occur?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> INSPECTION END
AV-186
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
A
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : De-
B
scription INFOID:0000000003765633
F
>> Refer to AV-187, "PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special
Repair Requirement".
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
G
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description
INFOID:0000000003765635
When camera control unit is replaced, the center position of predicted course line shall be corrected. H
>> Refer to AV-187, "PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special
Repair Requirement". K
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description L
INFOID:0000000003765637
Adjust the center position of the possible route line of the rear view monitor if it is shifted.
M
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair
Requirement INFOID:0000000003765638
AV
1.STEERING OPERATION
Steer the steering wheel to the leftmost and rightmost ends.
O
>> GO TO 2.
2.DRIVING P
Drive the vehicle straight ahead 100 m (328.1 ft) or more at a speed of 30 km/h (18.6 MPH) or more.
>> END
AV-187
MULTI AV SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS
MULTI AV SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003765641
JSNIA1296GB
NOTE:
• The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.
• A radio antenna base integrated with radio antenna amp. is adopted.
• Woofer illustrated in the above figure, integrates two woofers and a woofer amp.
System Description INFOID:0000000003791244
AV-188
MULTI AV SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
• Two AV communication lines (H, L) adopt a twisted pair line that is resistant to noise.
• AV control unit is connected by CAN communication, and it receives data signal from ECM, combination A
meter. It computes and displays fuel economy information value with the obtained information. Transmitting/
receiving of data signal is performed by BCM. Also, it transmits the required signal of vehicle setting and
receives the response signal.
B
• AV control unit is connected with display unit and serial communication, and it transmits the required signal
of display and display control and receives the response signal from display unit.
NOTE:
AV control unit can perform CONSULT-III self-operating function and on board self-diagnosis. C
• CONSULT-III self diagnosis: Refer to AV-211, "CONSULT-III Function (MULTI AV)".
• On board self diagnosis: Refer to AV-200, "Diagnosis Description".
DVD ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM D
• DVD player is connected with AV control unit via AV communication, and controlled by AV control unit.
• DVD image signal is output from DVD player to display unit via AV control unit.
• DVD stereo (2ch) sound signal is output from DVD player to each speaker via AV control unit and BOSE E
amp.
• DVD surround (5.1ch) sound signal is output from DVD player to each speaker via BOSE amp.
• Operation can be performed with multifunction switch, steering switch and rear control switch. Multifunction
switch and rear control switch transmits operation signal to AV control unit by AV communication. F
JSNIA1299GB
K
AUXILIARY INPUT SYSTEM
• Image and sound can be output from an external device by connecting a device with auxiliary input jacks.
• Operation can be performed with multifunction switch, steering switch and rear control switch. Multifunction
switch and rear control switch transmits operation signal to AV control unit by AV communication. L
AV
JSNIA1301GB
AV-189
MULTI AV SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003765643
JPNIA1058ZZ
AV-190
MULTI AV SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Component Description INFOID:0000000003791245
AV-191
MULTI AV SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Part name Description
• Used for hands-free phone operation.
MICROPHONE • Mic. signal is transmitted to NAVI control unit
• Power (Mic. VCC) is supplied from NAVI control unit.
• The operations of audio, etc. can be performed.
STEERING SWITCH
• Steering switch signal (operation signal) is output to AV control unit.
It transmits the playback DVD image signal and DVD sound signal to the AV con-
DVD PLAYER
trol unit.
• The image signal of the auxiliary input is output via the DVD player and AV con-
trol unit to the display unit.
• The sound signal of the auxiliary input is output via the DVD player and AV con-
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
trol unit to the BOSE amp.
The image signal of the auxiliary input is output via the AV control unit to the dis-
play, and it outputs the sound signal to the AV control unit.
• Operations for audio, etc. are possible.
REAR CONTROL SWITCH • The rear control switch is connected via AV communication, and it transmits
the operation signals of the rear control switch.
• Radio signal received by glass antenna is amplified and transmitted to AV con-
ANTENNA AMP. trol unit.
• Power (antenna amp ON signal) is supplied from AV control unit.
AV-192
AUDIO SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AUDIO SYSTEM
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003791246
JSNIA1378GB
NOTE: G
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.
System Description INFOID:0000000003791247 H
The audio system is equipped with following function. Each function can be operated with the multifunction
switch, preset switch, rear control switch or steering switch. It indicates the operation status of AUDIO to the
I
display unit.
Function
J
AM/FM radio
CD
K
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
Operating Signal
Operation of the audio system can be performed via the multifunction switch, preset switch, rear control switch L
or steering switch.
• Operating signal is transmitted to AV control unit via AV communication when it is operated by multifunction
switch, preset switch or rear control switch. The CD ejection operating signal is performed by hard-wire.
• Operating signal is transmitted to AV control unit with steering switch signal when it is operated by steering M
switch.
Screen Display
AV
• The display switching of the screen is performed by the communication signal between the display unit and
the AV control unit.
• The image signal to display operating condition is performed by RGB image signal, RGB area signal and
RGB image synchronizing signal. O
AM/FM Radio Mode
• AM/FM radio tuner is built into AV control unit.
• AM/FM radio wave is received by glass antenna, next it is amplified by antenna amp., and finally it is input to P
AV control unit. The FM sub antenna is installed on the rear window glass and the AV control unit is
received.
• Sound signal is input to BOSE amp. and BOSE amp. outputs to woofer and each speaker for AV control unit.
CD Mode
• CD function is built into AV control unit.
• AV control unit outputs sound signal to BOSE amp. and BOSE amp. outputs to woofer and each speaker
when CD is inserted to AV control unit.
AV-193
AUDIO SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003791252
JPNIA1058ZZ
AV-194
AUDIO SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Component Description INFOID:0000000003885448
AV
AV-195
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003791249
JSNIA1379GB
JSNIA1325GB
AV-196
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
PREDICTED COURSE LINE OPERATION PRINCIPLE
A
Detection Of Steering Rotation Direction
Camera control unit detects the rotation direction of steering according to the phase difference of two pairs of
pulse signals (sensor signal 1 and sensor signal 2) input from steering angle sensor.
B
Detection Of Steering Neutral Position
The sensor signal 3 input from steering angle sensor is generated at 1 pulse per 1 rotation of the steering
wheel. Camera control unit detects the steering neutral position from this pulse.
C
JSNIA0708GB
H
AV
AV-197
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003791258
JPNIA1058ZZ
AV-198
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Component Description INFOID:0000000003791251
AV
AV-199
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000003765657
JSNIA1284GB
Mode Description
• AV control unit diagnosis.
Self Diagnosis
• Diagnoses the connections across system components.
AV-200
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Mode Description
A
The following check functions are available: color tone check by color
Display Diagnosis bar display, light and shade check by grey scale display and touch panel
calibration response check.
Diagnosis of signals can be performed for vehicle speed, parking brake, B
Vehicle Signals
lights, ignition switch, and reverse.
Speaker Test The connection of a speaker can be confirmed by test tone.
C
Climate Control* Not used.
The system malfunction and the frequency when occurred in the past are
Error History displayed. When the malfunctioning item is selected, the time and place
Confirmation/ that the selected malfunction last occurred are displayed. D
Adjustment
It can perform the confirmation of a signal connection to the camera con-
trol unit, the calibration of each camera, Correct Draw Line of Camera
Camera Cont.
Image, and Fine Tuning of Birds-Eye View. E
Refer to AV-200, "Diagnosis Description".
Vehicle CAN Diagnosis The transmitting/receiving of CAN communication can be monitored.
The communication condition of each unit of Multi AV system can be F
AV COMM Diagnosis
monitored.
Delete Unit Connection Log Erase the connection history of unit and error history.
Initialize Settings Initializes the AV control unit memory. G
NOTE:
*:On-board self-diagnosis is not supported. Only CONSULT-III is supported.
H
STARTING PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the audio system OFF. I
3. While pressing the “SETTING” button, turn the volume control
dial clockwise or counterclockwise for 40 clicks or more. (When
the self-diagnosis mode is started, a short beep will be heard.) J
• Shifting from current screen to previous screen is performed
by pressing “BACK” button.
K
L
JSNIA1285GB
JSNIA0138GB P
SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE
1. Start the self-diagnosis function and select “Self Diagnosis”.
- Self-diagnosis subdivision screen is displayed, and the self-diagnosis mode starts.
- The bar graph visible on the center of the self-diagnosis subdivision screen indicates progress of the trou-
ble diagnosis.
AV-201
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
2. Diagnosis results are displayed after the self-diagnosis is com-
pleted. The unit names and the connection lines are color-coded
according to the diagnostic results.
Con-
Diagnosis results Unit nection
line
Normal Green Green
Connection malfunction Gray Yellow
Unit malfunction Note Red Green JSNIA1286GB
NOTE:
• Only the control unit (AV control unit) is displayed in red.
• Replace AV control unit if “Self-Diagnosis did not run because of a control unit malfunction” is indicated.
The symptom is AV control unit internal error. Refer to AV-378, "Removal and Installation".
- If multiple errors occur at the same time for a single unit, the screen switch colors are determined accord-
ing to the following order of priority: red > yellow > gray.
- The comments of the self-diagnosis results can be viewed with a
component in the diagnosis result screen.
JSNIA0141GB
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
• The self-diagnosis mode allows the technician to diagnose the connection in the communication line
between AV control unit and each unit and the internal operation of the AV control unit.
• Because the start condition of diagnosis function is a switch operation, the on board diagnosis function can-
not be started up if any malfunction is detected in the communication circuit between AV control unit and
multifunction switch.
• Check the applicable display in the following table, and then repair the malfunctioning parts.
Self-diagnosis Result Chart
NOTE:
When a control unit malfunction is detected (red in
unit display), connection malfunctions with other
connection unit may be displayed.
“Self-Diagnosis did not run because of a control unit
malfunction”
AV-202
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Possible malfunction location / Action
Area with yellow connection lines Description
to take A
B
When either one of the following
items is detected:
• BOSE amp. malfunction is detected. • Replace BOSE amp.
• sound signal circuits between BOSE • Malfunctioning speaker circuits C
amp. and each speaker is malfunc-
tioning.
D
JPNIA1092GB
E
When either one of the following
items is detected:
• DVD player power supply and
ground circuits are malfunctioning. • DVD player power supply and F
• AV communication circuits between ground circuits
BOSE amp. and DVD player are • AV communication circuits between
malfunctioning. BOSE amp. and DVD player
• AV communication signal between G
AV control unit and DVD player is
malfunctioning.
JSNIA1327GB H
M
Camera connection recognition signal Camera connection recognition signal
circuit is detected. circuit
AV
JSNIA1329GB
O
AV-203
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Possible malfunction location / Action
Area with yellow connection lines Description
to take
JSNIA1330GB
JSNIA1332GB
CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT MODE
1. Start the diagnosis function and select “Confirmation/Adjustment”. The confirmation/adjustment mode
indicates where each item can be checked or adjusted.
2. Select each switch on the “Confirmation/Adjustment Mode”
screen to display the relevant trouble diagnosis screen. Press
the “BACK” switch to return to the initial Confirmation/Adjust-
ment Mode screen.
JSNIA0147GB
AV-204
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Display Diagnosis
A
JSNIA0688GB F
The tint of the color bar indication is as per the following list if RGB signal error is detected.
K
JSNIA0149GB
L
Diagnosis item Display Vehicle status Remarks
ON Vehicle speed > 0 km/h (0 MPH)
Vehicle speed M
OFF Vehicle speed = 0 km/h (0 MPH) Changes in indication may be delayed by approximately
ON Parking brake is applied. 1.5 seconds. This is normal.
Parking brake
OFF Parking brake is released. AV
ON Light switch ON
Lights Block the light beam from the auto light optical sensor.
OFF Light switch OFF
O
ON Ignition switch ON
Ignition —
OFF Ignition switch in ACC position
Shift the selector lever to “R” posi- P
ON
tion Changes in indication may be delayed by approximately
Reverse
Shift the selector lever other than 1.5 seconds. This is normal.
OFF
“R” position
Speaker Test
AV-205
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Select “SPEAKER DIAGNOSIS” to display the Speaker Diagnosis
screen. Press “START and NEXT” to generate a test tone in a
speaker. Press “Start” to generate a test tone in the next speaker.
Press “End” to stop the test tones.
NOTE:
The frequency of test tone emitted from each speaker is as follows.
Squawker : 3 kHz
Front speaker : 300 Hz
Rear speaker : 1 kHz
JSNIA0150GB
Climate Control
On-board self-diagnosis is not supported. Only CONSULT-III is supported.
Refer to HAC-156, "WITHOUT INTELLIGENT AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM : CONSULT-III Function" for
details.
Camera Cont.
Refer to AV-196, "System Description".
Error History
The self-diagnosis results are judged depending on whether any error occurs from when “Self-diagnosis” is
selected until the self-diagnosis results are displayed.
However, the diagnosis results are judged normal if an error has occurred before the ignition switch is turned
ON and then no error has occurred until the self-diagnosis start. Check the “Error Record” to detect any error
that may have occurred before the self-diagnosis start because of this situation.
The error record displays the time and place of the most recent occurrence of that error. However, take note of
the following points.
• Place of the error occurrence is represented by the position of the current location mark at the time an error
occurred. If current location mark has deviated from the correct position, then the place of the error occur-
rence cannot be located correctly.
• The frequency of occurrence is displayed in a count up manner. The actual count up method differs depend-
ing on the error item.
Count up method A
• The counter resets to 0 if an error occurs when IGN switch is turned ON. The counter increases by 1 if the
condition is normal at a next IGN ON cycle.
• The counter upper limit is 39. Any counts exceeding 39 are ignored.“ The counter can be reset (no error
record display) with the “Delete log” switch or CONSULT-III.
Count up method B
• The counter increases by 1 if an error occurs when IGN switch is ON. The counter will not decrease even if
the condition is normal at the next IGN ON cycle.
• The counter upper limit is 50. Any counts exceeding 50 are ignored. “ The counter can be reset (no error
record display) with the “Delete log” switch or CONSULT-III.
AV-206
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JSNIA0151GB
Error item F
Some error items may be displayed simultaneously according to the cause. If some error items are displayed
simultaneously, the detection of the cause can be performed by the combination of display items
G
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
Perform diagnosis with CONSULT-III, and
CAN communication malfunction is detect-
CAN COMM CIRCUIT then repair the malfunctioning parts accord-
ed. H
ing to the diagnosis results.
CAN initial diagnosis malfunction is detect-
CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
ed.
I
AV communication circuit initial diagnosis
CONTROL UNIT (AV) Replace the AV control unit.
malfunction is detected.
FLASH-ROM Error Of Control Unit
AV control unit malfunction is detected. J
CAN Controller Memory Error
Amplifier Temperature Error BOSE amp. malfunction is detected. Replace the BOSE amp.
When either one of the following items is K
detected:
• display unit power supply and ground cir-
cuits are malfunctioning. • Display unit power supply and ground
• serial communication circuits between circuits. L
Front Display Connection Error
display unit and AV control unit are mal- • Serial communication circuits between
functioning. display unit and AV control unit.
• serial communication signal between
display unit and AV control unit is mal-
M
functioning.
A malfunction is detected in camera con- Camera connection recognition signal cir-
Camera Cont. Unit Connection Error AV
nection recognition signal circuit. cuit.
Sound signal center speaker circuit is
Center speaker OUT: open Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
open.
Sound signal center speaker circuit is O
Center speaker OUT: short shorted between center speaker signal (+) Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
and center speaker signal (-).
AV-207
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is
Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR speaker OUT: short shorted between front speaker RH signal
cuit.
(+) and front speaker RH signal (-).
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR speaker OUT: short to ground
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR speaker OUT: short to battery
battery is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal rear speaker RH circuit is Check sound signal rear speaker RH cir-
RR speaker OUT: open
open. cuit.
Sound signal rear speaker RH circuit is
Check sound signal rear speaker RH cir-
RR speaker OUT: short shorted between rear speaker LH signal (+)
cuit.
and rear speaker LH signal (-).
Sound signal rear speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal rear speaker RH cir-
RR speaker OUT: short to ground
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal rear speaker RH circuit to bat- Check sound signal rear speaker RH cir-
RR speaker OUT: short to battery
tery is shorted. cuit.
RR Woofer OUT: open Sound signal woofer RH circuit is open. Check sound signal woofer RH circuit.
Sound signal woofer RH circuit is shorted
RR Woofer OUT: short between woofer RH signal (+) and woofer Check sound signal woofer RH circuit.
RH signal (-).
Sound signal woofer RH circuit to ground is
RR Woofer OUT: short to ground Check sound signal woofer RH circuit.
shorted.
Sound signal woofer RH circuit to battery is
RR Woofer OUT: short to battery Check sound signal woofer RH circuit.
shorted.
RL Woofer OUT: open Sound signal woofer LH circuit is open. Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
Sound signal woofer LH circuit is shorted
RL Woofer OUT: short between woofer LH signal (+) and woofer Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
LH signal (-).
Sound signal woofer LH circuit to ground is
RL Woofer OUT: short to ground Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
shorted.
Sound signal woofer LH circuit to battery is
RL Woofer OUT: short to battery Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
shorted.
Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is
RL speaker OUT: open Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
open.
Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is
RL speaker OUT: short shorted between rear speaker LH signal (+) Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
and rear speaker LH signal (-).
Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to
RL speaker OUT: short to ground Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
ground is shorted.
Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to bat-
RL speaker OUT: short to battery Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
tery is shorted.
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL speaker OUT: open
open. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is
Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL speaker OUT: short shorted between front speaker LH signal
cuit.
(+) and front speaker LH signal (-).
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL speaker OUT: short to ground
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL speaker OUT: short to battery
battery is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit is Check sound signal front squawker LH cir-
FL tweeter OUT: open
open. cuit.
AV-208
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
A
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit is
Check sound signal front squawker LH cir-
FL tweeter OUT: short shorted between front squawker LH signal
cuit.
(+) and front squawker LH signal (-).
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit to Check sound signal front squawker LH cir- B
FL tweeter OUT: short to ground
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit to Check sound signal front squawker LH cir-
FL tweeter OUT: short to battery
battery is shorted. cuit. C
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit is Check sound signal front squawker RH cir-
FR tweeter OUT: open
open. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit is D
Check sound signal front squawker RH cir-
FR tweeter OUT: short shorted between front squawker RH signal
cuit.
(+) and front squawker RH signal (-).
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit to Check sound signal front squawker RH cir- E
FR tweeter OUT: short to ground
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit to Check sound signal front squawker RH cir-
FR tweeter OUT: short to battery
battery is shorted. cuit.
F
Rear control switch power supply and Rear control switch power supply and
AV COMM CIRCUIT
ground circuits malfunction are detected. ground circuits.
When either one of the following items is
G
detected:
• multifunction switch power supply and
ground circuits are malfunctioning. • Multifunction switch power supply and
• AV COMM CIRCUIT • AV communication circuits between AV ground circuits. H
• Switches Connection Error control unit and multifunction switch are • AV communication circuits between AV
malfunctioning. control unit and multifunction switch.
• AV communication signal between AV
control unit and multifunction switch is I
malfunctioning.
When either one of the following items is
detected: J
• BOSE amp. power supply and ground
• AV COMM CIRCUIT BOSE amp. power supply and ground cir-
circuits are malfunctioning.
• Amplifier Connection Error cuits.
• AV communication signal between AV
control unit and BOSE amp. is malfunc- K
tionning.
When either one of the following items is
detected: L
• DVD player power supply and ground cir-
cuits are malfunctioning. • DVD player power supply and ground cir-
• AV COMM CIRCUIT • AV communication circuits between cuits.
• DVD Deck Connection Error BOSE amp. and DVD player are mal- • AV communication circuits between M
functioning. BOSE amp. and DVD player.
• AV communication signal between AV
control unit and DVD player is malfunc-
tioning. AV
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• AV communication circuits between cam- O
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
era control unit and BOSE amp. are mal- AV communication circuits between cam-
• DVD Deck Connection Error
functioning. era control unit and BOSE amp.
• Amplifier Connection Error
• AV communication signal between AV
control unit and BOSE amp. is malfunc- P
tioning.
AV-209
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
With rear control switch
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• AV communication circuits between mul-
• malfunction is detected in AV communi-
tifunction switch and rear control switch.
cation circuits between rear control
• AV communication circuits between rear
switch and camera control unit.
control switch and camera control unit.
• malfunction is detected in AV communi-
• AV COMM CIRCUIT cation circuits between camera control
• DVD Deck Connection Error unit and NAVI control unit.
• Amplifier Connection Error Without rear control switch
• Rear view Camera connection Error When either one of the following items is
detected:
• malfunction is detected in AV communi-
AV communication circuits between multi-
cation circuits between multifunction
function switch and camera control unit.
switch and camera control unit.
• malfunction is detected in AV communi-
cation circuits between camera control
unit and NAVI control unit.
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
• AV communication circuits between AV
• Switches Connection Error
control unit and multifunction switch are AV communication circuits between AV
• DVD Deck Connection Error
malfunctioning. control unit and multifunction switch.
• Amplifier Connection Error
• AV communication signal between AV
• Rear view Camera connection Error
control unit and multifunction switch is
malfunctioning.
Malfunction counter
Items Display (Current)
(Past)
Tx (HVAC) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
JSNIA1287GB
Rx (ECM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
Rx (Cluster) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
Rx (BCM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
Rx (HVAC) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
Rx (USM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
AV COMM Diagnosis
• Displays the communication status between AV control unit (mas-
ter unit) and each unit.
• The error counter displays "OK" if any malfunction was not
detected in the past and displays "0" if a malfunction is detected. It
increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch
ON cycle. The upper limit of the counter is 39.
• If it resets, the error counter is erased.
Status Counter
Items
(Current) (Past)
JSNIA1288GB
C Tx(ITM–SW) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(PrimarySW–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
AV-210
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Status Counter
Items
(Current) (Past) A
C Rx(RrSeatSW–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(Amp–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
B
C Rx(RearCamera–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(DVD–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(AmpAudio–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39 C
C Rx(DVDAudio–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
G
JSNIA0154GB
H
CONSULT-III FUNCTIONS
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via the communication with the AV control unit.
I
Diagnosis mode Description
Ecu Identification The part number of AV control unit can be checked.
Performs a diagnosis on the AV control unit and a connection diagnosis for the communication J
Self Diagnostic Result
circuit of the Multi AV system, and displays the current and past malfunctions collectively.
Data Monitor The diagnosis of vehicle signal that is input to the AV control unit can be performed.
K
AV COMMUNICATION
When “AV communication” of “CAN Diag Support Monitor” is selected, the following function will be performed.
L
Displays the communication status from AV control unit to each unit as well as the error
AV&NAVI C/U
AV communication counter.
AUDIO Displays the AV control unit communication status and the error counter.
M
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
• In CONSULT-III self-diagnosis, self-diagnosis results and error history are displayed collectively.
• The timing is displayed as “0” if any of the error codes [U1000], [U1010], [U1300] and [U1310] is detected. AV
The counter increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch ON cycle.
Self-diagnosis Results Display Item
O
Error item Detection logic Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
CAN communication malfunction is detect-
CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000] Refer to AV-216, "Diagnosis Procedure".
ed. P
CAN initial diagnosis malfunction is detect-
CONTROL UNIT (CAN) [U1010]
ed.
AV communication circuit initial diagnosis Replace the AV control unit.
CONTROL UNIT (AV) [U1310] Refer toAV-378, "Removal and Installation"
malfunction is detected.
AV-378, "Removal and Installation".
Control Unit FLASH-ROM [U1200]
AV control unit malfunction is detected.
CAN CONT [U1216]
AV-211
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Error item Detection logic Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
Replace the BOSE amp.
AMP TEMP [U1231] BOSE amp. is detected. Refer to AV-386, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• display unit power supply and ground cir-
• Display unit power supply and ground
cuits are malfunctioning.
circuits
• serial communication circuits between
FRONT DISP CONN [U1243] Refer to AV-222, "Diagnosis Procedure".
display unit and AV control unit are mal-
• Serial communication circuits between
functioning.
display unit and AV control unit
• serial communication signal between
display unit and AV control unit is mal-
functioning.
Camera connection recognition signal cir-
Camera connection recognition signal cir-
CAMERA CONT. CONN [U1250] cuit
cuit malfunction is detected.
Refer to AV-224, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Sound signal center speaker circuit is
CENTER SP OPEN [U1260] Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
open.
Sound signal center speaker circuit is
CENTER SP SHORT [U1261] shorted between center speaker signal (+) Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
and center speaker signal (-).
Sound signal center speaker circuit to
CENTER SP GND-SHORT [U1262] Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
ground is shorted.
Sound signal center speaker circuit to bat-
CENTER SP VB-SHORT [U1263] Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
tery is shorted.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR-DOOR SP OPEN [U1264]
open. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is
Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR-DOOR SP SHORT [U1265] shorted between front speaker RH signal
cuit.
(+) and front speaker RH signal (-).
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR-DOOR SP GND-SHORT [U1266]
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR-DOOR SP VB-SHORT [U1267]
battery is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal rear speaker RH circuit is Check sound signal rear speaker RH cir-
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER OPEN [U1268]
open. cuit.
Sound signal rear speaker RH circuit is
Check sound signal rear speaker RH cir-
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER SHORT [U1269] shorted between rear speaker LH signal (+)
cuit.
and rear speaker LH signal (-).
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER GND-SHORT Sound signal rear speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal rear speaker RH cir-
[U126A] ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal rear speaker RH circuit to bat- Check sound signal rear speaker RH cir-
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER VB-SHORT [U126B]
tery is shorted. cuit.
RR-SURROUND SP OPEN [U126C] Sound signal woofer RH circuit is open. Check sound signal woofer RH circuit.
Sound signal woofer RH circuit is shorted
RR-SURROUND SP SHORT [U126D] between woofer RH signal (+) and woofer Check sound signal woofer RH circuit.
RH signal (-).
RR-SURROUND SP GND-SHORT Sound signal woofer RH circuit to ground is
Check sound signal woofer RH circuit.
[U126E] shorted.
Sound signal woofer RH circuit to battery is
RR-SURROUND SP VB-SHORT [U126F] Check sound signal woofer RH circuit.
shorted.
RL-SURROUND SP OPEN [U1274] Sound signal woofer LH circuit is open. Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
Sound signal woofer LH circuit is shorted
RL-SURROUND SP SHORT [U1275] between woofer LH signal (+) and woofer Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
LH signal (-).
AV-212
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Error item Detection logic Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
A
Sound signal woofer LH circuit to ground is
RL-SURROUND SP GND-SHORT [U1276] Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
shorted.
Sound signal woofer LH circuit to battery is
RL-SURROUND SP VB-SHORT [U1277] Check sound signal woofer LH circuit. B
shorted.
Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER OPEN [U1278] Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
open.
Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is C
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER SHORT [U1279] shorted between rear speaker LH signal (+) Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
and rear speaker LH signal (-).
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER GND-SHORT Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to D
Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
[U127A] ground is shorted.
Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to bat-
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER VB-SHORT [U127B] Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
tery is shorted. E
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL-DOOR SP OPEN [U127C]
open. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is F
Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL-DOOR SP SHORT [U127D] shorted between front speaker LH signal
cuit.
(+) and front speaker LH signal (-).
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL-DOOR SP GND-SHORT [U127E] G
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL-DOOR SP VB-SHORT [U127F]
battery is shorted. cuit.
H
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit is Check sound signal front squawker RH cir-
FR-TWEETER OPEN [U1294]
open. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit is
FR-TWEETER SHORT [U1295] shorted between front squawker RH signal
Check sound signal front squawker RH cir- I
cuit.
(+) and front squawker RH signal (-).
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit to Check sound signal front squawker RH cir-
FR-TWEETER GND-SHORT [U1296] J
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit to Check sound signal front squawker RH cir-
FR-TWEETER VB-SHORT [U1297]
battery is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit is Check sound signal front squawker LH cir- K
FL-TWEETER OPEN [U1298]
open. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit is
Check sound signal front squawker LH cir-
FL-TWEETER SHORT [U1299] shorted between front squawker LH signal L
cuit.
(+) and front squawker LH signal (-).
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit to Check sound signal front squawker LH cir-
FL-TWEETER GND-SHORT [U129A]
ground is shorted. cuit. M
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit to Check sound signal front squawker LH cir-
FL-TWEETER VB-SHORT [U129B]
battery is shorted. cuit.
When either one of the following items is AV
detected:
• Multifunction switch power supply and • Multifunction switch power supply and
ground circuits are malfunctioning. ground circuits
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] • AV communication circuits between AV refer to AV-237, "MULTIFUNCTION O
• SWITCH CONN [U1240] control unit and multifunction switch are SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure".
malfunctioning. • AV communication circuits between AV
• AV communication signal between AV control unit and multifunction switch
control unit and multifunction switch is P
malfunctioning.
AV-213
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Error item Detection logic Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
When either one of the following items is
detected:
BOSE amp. power supply and ground cir-
• BOSE amp. power supply and ground
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] cuits
circuits are malfunctioning.
• AMP CONN [U124E] Refer to AV-238, "BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis
• AV communication signal between AV
Procedure".
control unit and BOSE amp. is malfunc-
tioning.
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• DVD player power supply and ground cir- • DVD player power supply and ground cir-
cuits are malfunctioning. cuits
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] • AV communication circuits between Refer to AV-239, "DVD PLAYER : Diag-
• DVD DECK CONN [U1248] BOSE amp. and DVD player are mal- nosis Procedure"
functioning. • AV communication circuits between
• AV communication signal between AV BOSE amp. and DVD player
control unit and DVD player is malfunc-
tioning.
When either one of the following items is
detected:
Camera control unit power supply and
• camera control unit power supply and
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] ground circuits
ground circuits are malfunctioning.
• AMP CONN [U1252] Refer to AV-239, "CAMERA CONTROL
• AV communication signal between AV
UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
control unit and Camera control unit is
malfunctioning.
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• AV communication circuits between cam-
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
era control unit and BOSE amp. are mal- AV communication circuits between cam-
• DVD DECK CONN [U1248]
functioning. era control unit and BOSE amp.
• AMP CONN [U124E]
• AV communication signal between AV
control unit and BOSE amp. is malfunc-
tioning.
With rear control switch
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• AV communication circuits between mul-
• malfunction is detected in AV communi-
tifunction switch and rear control switch
cation circuits between rear control
• AV communication circuits between rear
switch and camera control unit.
control switch and camera control unit
• malfunction is detected in AV communi-
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] cation circuits between camera control
• DVD DECK CONN [U1248] unit and NAVI control unit.
• AMP CONN [U124E] Without rear control switch
• REAR-CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] When either one of the following items is
detected:
• malfunction is detected in AV communi-
AV communication circuits between multi-
cation circuits between multifunction
function switch and camera control unit
switch and camera control unit.
• malfunction is detected in AV communi-
cation circuits between camera control
unit and NAVI control unit.
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
• AV communication circuits between AV
• SWITCH CONN [U1240]
control unit and multifunction switch are AV communication circuits between AV
• DVD DECK CONN [U1248]
malfunctioning. control unit and multifunction switch
• AMP CONN [U124E]
• AV communication signal between AV
• REAR-CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252]
control unit and multifunction switch is
malfunctioning.
DATA MONITOR
ALL SIGNALS
• Displays the status of the following vehicle signals inputted to the AV control unit.
AV-214
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
• For each signal, actual signal can be compared with the condition recognized on the system.
A
AV
AV-215
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765661
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H, CAN-L) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each
control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
CAN Communication Signal Chart. Refer to LAN-22, "CAN Communication Signal Chart".
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003765662
AV-216
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765664
AV
AV-217
U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765667
Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-378, "Removal and Installation".
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
CONTROL UNIT (AV) AV communication circuit initial diagnosis malfunction is
U1310 Replace AV control unit.
[U1310] detected.
AV-218
U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765669
Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-378, "Removal and Installation". B
AV
AV-219
U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765671
Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-378, "Removal and Installation".
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
CAN CONT Internal malfunction of AV control unit (CAN controller) is
U1216 Replace AV control unit.
[U1216] detected.
AV-220
U1231 BOSE AMP.
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1231 BOSE AMP.
A
Description INFOID:0000000003900431
Replace the BOSE amp. if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-386, "Removal and Installation". B
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III E
AMP TEMP
U1231 Internal malfunction of BOSE amp. is detected. Replace BOSE amp.
[U1231]
AV
AV-221
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765673
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
When either one of the following items is detected:
• display unit power supply and ground circuits are mal- • Display unit power supply and
functioning. ground circuits.
FRONT DISP CONN
U1243 • serial communication circuits between display unit and • Serial communication circuits be-
[U1243]
AV control unit are malfunctioning. tween display unit and AV control
• serial communication signal between display unit and unit
AV control unit is malfunctioning.
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals
Ground
11
M49 Not existed
22
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
AV-222
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value C
Connector Terminal
PKIB5039J
F
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
G
4.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope.
H
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
I
Connector Terminal
J
When adjusting display bright-
M49 22 Ground
ness.
K
PKIB5039J
AV
AV-223
U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000003838244
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
CAMERA CONT. CONN Malfunction is detected in camera connection recogni- Camera connection recognition sig-
U1250
[U1250] tion signal circuit. nal circuit.
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals Ground
M130 68 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect AV control unit connector and camera control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between AV control unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope.
(+)
Voltage
AV control unit (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Connected camera
0V
control unit connector
M130 68 Ground
Disconnect camera
5V
control unit connector
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace AV control unit.
AV-224
U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
A
AV
AV-225
U1260, U1261, U1262, U1263 CENTER SPEAKER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1260, U1261, U1262, U1263 CENTER SPEAKER
Description INFOID:0000000003901588
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
CENTER SP OPEN Check sound signal center speaker
U1260 Sound signal center speaker circuit is open.
[U1260] circuit.
CENTER SP SHORT Sound signal center speaker circuit is shorted between Check sound signal center speaker
U1261
[U1261] center speaker signal (+) and center speaker signal (-). circuit.
CENTER SP GND- Check sound signal center speaker
U1262 Sound signal center speaker circuit to ground is shorted.
SHORT [U1262] circuit.
CENTER SP VB- Check sound signal center speaker
U1263 Sound signal center speaker circuit to battery is shorted.
SHORT [U1263] circuit.
AV-226
U1264, U1265, U1266, U1267 FRONT RIGHT DOOR SPEAKER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1264, U1265, U1266, U1267 FRONT RIGHT DOOR SPEAKER
A
Description INFOID:0000000003901591
B
Part name Description
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
FRONT RIGHT DOOR SPEAKER
• Outputs sound (mid and low range).
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003901592
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes E
CONSULT-III
FR-DOOR SP OPEN Check sound signal front speaker RH
U1264 Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is open.
[U1264] circuit.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is shorted between F
FR-DOOR SP SHORT Check sound signal front speaker RH
U1265 front speaker RH signal (+) and front speaker RH signal (-
[U1265] circuit.
).
U1266
FR-DOOR SP GND- Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to ground is short- Check sound signal front speaker RH G
SHORT [U1266] ed. circuit.
FR-DOOR SP VB- Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to battery is short- Check sound signal front speaker RH
U1267
SHORT [U1267] ed. circuit. H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901593
AV
AV-227
U1268, U1269, U126A, U126B REAR RIGHT DOOR SPEAKER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1268, U1269, U126A, U126B REAR RIGHT DOOR SPEAKER
Description INFOID:0000000003901594
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER Check sound signal rear speaker LH
U1268 Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is open.
OPEN [U1268] circuit.
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is shorted between Check sound signal rear speaker LH
U1269
SHORT [U1269] rear speaker LH signal (+) and rear speaker LH signal (-). circuit.
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER Check sound signal rear speaker LH
U126A Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to ground is shorted.
GND- SHORT [U126A] circuit.
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER Check sound signal rear speaker LH
U126B Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to battery is shorted.
VB-SHORT [U126B] circuit.
AV-228
U126C, U126D, U126E, U126F REAR RIGHT SQUAWKER/ RIGHT WOOFER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U126C, U126D, U126E, U126F REAR RIGHT SQUAWKER/ RIGHT WOOF-
A
ER
Description INFOID:0000000003901597
B
E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes F
CONSULT-III
RR-SURROUND SP Check sound signal woofer RH cir-
U126C Sound signal woofer RH circuit is open.
OPEN [U126C] cuit.
G
RR-SURROUND SP Sound signal woofer RH circuit is shorted between woofer Check sound signal woofer RH cir-
U126D
SHORT [U12D1] RH signal (+) and woofer RH signal (-). cuit.
RR-SURROUND SP Check sound signal woofer RH cir-
U126E
GND- SHORT [U126E]
Sound signal woofer RH circuit to ground is shorted.
cuit.
H
AV
AV-229
U1274, U1275, U1276, U1277 REAR LEFT SQUAWKER/LEFT WOOFER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1274, U1275, U1276, U1277 REAR LEFT SQUAWKER/LEFT WOOFER
Description INFOID:0000000003901600
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
RL-SURROUND SP
U1274 Sound signal woofer LH circuit is open. Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
OPEN [U1274]
RL-SURROUND SP Sound signal woofer LH circuit is shorted between woofer
U1275 Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
SHORT [U1275] LH signal (+) and woofer LH signal (-).
RL-SURROUND SP
U1276 Sound signal woofer LH circuit to ground is shorted. Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
GND- SHORT [U1276]
RL-SURROUND SP
U1277 Sound signal woofer LH circuit to battery is shorted. Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
VB-SHORT [U1277]
AV-230
U1278, U1279, U127A, U127B REAR LEFT DOOR SPEAKER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1278, U1279, U127A, U127B REAR LEFT DOOR SPEAKER
A
Description INFOID:0000000003901603
B
Part name Description
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
REAR LEFT DOOR SPEAKER
• Outputs sound (mid and low range).
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003901604
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes E
CONSULT-III
RL- SP/FL-WOOFER Check sound signal rear speaker LH
U1278 Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is open.
OPEN [U1278] circuit.
RL- SP/FL-WOOFER Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is shorted between Check sound signal rear speaker LH F
U1279
SHORT [U1279] rear speaker LH signal (+) and rear speaker LH signal (-). circuit.
RL- SP/FL-WOOFER Check sound signal rear speaker LH
U127A Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to ground is shorted.
GND- SHORT [U127A] circuit. G
RL- SP/FL-WOOFER Check sound signal rear speaker LH
U127B Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to battery is shorted.
VB-SHORT [U127B] circuit.
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901605
AV
AV-231
U127C, U127D, U127E, U127F FRONT LEFT DOOR SPEAKER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U127C, U127D, U127E, U127F FRONT LEFT DOOR SPEAKER
Description INFOID:0000000003901606
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
FL- DOOR SP OPEN Check sound signal front speaker LH
U127C Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is open.
[U127C] circuit.
FL- DOOR SP SHORT Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is shorted between Check sound signal front speaker LH
U127D
[U127D] front speaker LH signal (+) and front speaker LH signal (-). circuit.
FL- DOOR SP GND- Check sound signal front speaker LH
U127E Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to ground is shorted.
SHORT [U127E] circuit.
FL- DOOR SP VB- Check sound signal front speaker LH
U127F Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to battery is shorted.
SHORT [U127F] circuit.
AV-232
U1294, U1295, U1296, U1297 FRONT RIGHT SQUAWKER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1294, U1295, U1296, U1297 FRONT RIGHT SQUAWKER
A
Description INFOID:0000000003901609
B
Part name Description
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
FRONT RIGHT SQUAWKER
• Outputs sound (high and mid range).
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003901610
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes E
CONSULT-III
FR-TWEETER OPEN Check sound signal front squawker
U1294 Sound signal front squawker RH circuit is open.
[U1294] RH circuit.
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit is shorted be- F
FR-TWEETER SHORT Check sound signal front squawker
U1295 tween front squawker RH signal (+) and front squawker
[U1295] RH circuit.
RH signal (-).
U1296
FR-TWEETER GND- Sound signal front squawker RH circuit to ground is short- Check sound signal front squawker G
SHORT [U1296] ed. RH circuit.
FR-TWEETER VB- Sound signal front squawker RH circuit to battery is short- Check sound signal front squawker
U1297
SHORT [U1297] ed. RH circuit. H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901611
AV
AV-233
U1298, U1299, U129A, U129B FRONT LEFT SQUAWKER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1298, U1299, U129A, U129B FRONT LEFT SQUAWKER
Description INFOID:0000000003901612
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
FR-TWEETER OPEN Check sound signal front squawker
U1298 Sound signal front squawker LH circuit is open.
[U1298] LH circuit.
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit is shorted between
FR-TWEETER SHORT Check sound signal front squawker
U1299 front squawker LH signal (+) and front squawker LH signal
[U1299] LH circuit.
(-).
FR-TWEETER GND- Sound signal front squawker LH circuit to ground is short- Check sound signal front squawker
U129A
SHORT [U129A] ed. LH circuit.
FR-TWEETER VB- Sound signal front squawker LH circuit to battery is short- Check sound signal front squawker
U129B
SHORT [U129B] ed. LH circuit.
AV-234
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765676
U1300 is indicated when malfunction occurs in communication signal of multi AV system. Indicated simulta- B
neously, without fail, with the malfunction of control units connected to AV control unit with communication line.
Determine the possible malfunction cause from the table below.
Self-diagnosis results display item C
AV-235
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
AV CONTROL UNIT
AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901178
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.)
Battery power supply 19 OFF
M127
ACC power supply 7 ACC Battery voltage
Ignition signal M131 104 ON
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between AV control unit and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV control unit connectors.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connectors and ground.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
M127 20
Ground OFF Existed
M131 85
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
DISPLAY UNIT
DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901179
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.)
Inverter VCC 2
M49 ACC 9V
Signal VCC 3
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
AV-236
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Display unit
Signal name Continuity
Connector No. Terminal No. E
Ground
Inverter VCC 2
M49 Not existed
Signal VCC 3
F
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector. G
3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT SIDE)
1. Connect the AV control unit harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ACC. H
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector and ground.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.) I
Inverter VCC 59
M129 ACC 9V
Signal VCC 47
J
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTED END.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
K
4.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector. L
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and ground.
Display unit
Signal name Continuity M
Connector No. Terminal No. Ground
Ground M49 1 Existed
Is inspection result normal? AV
YES >> INSPECTED END.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH O
P
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
AV-237
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between multifunction switch harness connector and ground.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.)
ACC power supply M125 3 ACC Battery voltage
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between multifunction switch and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect multifunction switch connector.
3. Check continuity between multifunction switch harness connector and ground.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
Ground M125 1 OFF Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
BOSE AMP.
BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901182
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.)
10
Battery power supply B224 OFF
11 Battery voltage
ACC power supply B225 20 ACC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between BOSE amp. and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect BOSE amp. connector.
3. Check continuity between BOSE amp. harness connector and ground.
AV-238
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity A
7
Ground B224 OFF Existed
12
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
C
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901183
D
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
E
Power source Fuse No.
Battery 31
F
Ignition switch ACC 19
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS
H
Check voltage between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.)
I
Battery power supply 32 OFF
B251 Battery voltage
ACC power supply 30 ACC
Is inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between camera control unit and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground. L
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
Ground B251 31 OFF Existed M
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
AV
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
DVD PLAYER
DVD PLAYER : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901184 O
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses. P
AV-239
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse.
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between DVD player harness connectors and ground.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.)
Battery power supply 2 OFF
M254 Battery voltage
ACC power supply 4 ACC
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between DVD player and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect DVD player connectors.
3. Check continuity between DVD player harness connectors and ground.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
Ground M254 1 OFF Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
AV-240
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765703
Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit with RGB signal to the display unit. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901185
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground G
M49 17 Not existed
Is inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL I
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope. J
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value K
Connector Terminal
L
Start Confirmation / Adjustment
mode, and then display color bar
M49 17 Ground
by selecting “Color Spectrum Bar” M
on DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS screen.
SKIB2238J
AV
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit. O
AV-241
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY
UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000003765705
Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit or NAVI control unit with RGB signal to the display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901186
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M49 6 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope.
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
SKIB2236J
AV-242
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765707
Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit or NAVI control unit with RGB signal to the display unit. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901187
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground G
M49 18 Not existed
Is inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL I
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope. J
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value K
Connector Terminal
L
Start Confirmation / Adjustment
mode, and then display color bar
M49 18 Ground
by selecting “Color Spectrum Bar” M
on DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS screen.
SKIB2237J
AV
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit. O
AV-243
RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY
UNIT)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DIS-
PLAY UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000003765709
Transmit the RGB synchronizing signal to the display unit so as to synchronize the RGB image displayed with
AV control unit or NAVI control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901188
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M49 19 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope.
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
M49 19 Ground —
SKIB3603E
AV-244
RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765711
Transmits the display area of RGB image displayed by AV control unit or NAVI control unit with RGB area (YS) B
signal to display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901189
C
1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector. D
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.
Display unit G
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M49 9 Not existed
H
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
I
2.CHECK RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope.
(+) K
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
L
When RGB image is displayed. Approx. 5 V
M
M49 9 Ground
When AUX image is displayed.
AV
PKIB4948J
AV-245
HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765713
In composite image (AUX image, camera image), transmit the vertical synchronizing (VP) signal and horizon-
tal synchronizing (HP) signal from display unit to AV control unit so as to synchronize the RGB images dis-
played with AV control unit such as the image quality adjusting menu, etc.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901190
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M49 8 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope.
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
M49 8 Ground —
SKIB3601E
AV-246
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765715
In composite image (AUX image, camera image), transmit the vertical synchronizing (VP) signal and horizon- B
tal synchronizing (HP) signal from display unit to AV control unit so as to synchronize the RGB images dis-
played with AV control unit such as the image quality adjusting menu, etc.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901191 C
M
M49 20 Ground —
AV
SKIB3598E
AV-247
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765717
Transmits the image signal of external device from auxiliary input jacks to AV control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901192
(+) (−)
Auxiliary input jacks Auxiliary input jacks Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
SKIB2251J
AV-248
DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765719
The eject signal is output to AV control unit when the eject switch of multifunction switch is pressed. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901193
Multifunction switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground G
M125 14 Not existed
Is inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE I
1. Connect multifunction switch connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector and ground. J
(+)
AV control unit (−) Condition Reference value K
Connector Terminal
Pressing the eject switch. 0V
M131 103 Ground L
Except for above. 3.3 V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace preset switch. M
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
AV
AV-249
REAR VIEW CAMERA POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
REAR VIEW CAMERA POWER SUPPLY
Description INFOID:0000000003838249
• Camera control unit outputs camera ON signal to rear view camera and inputs rear view camera image sig-
nal from rear view camera when the reverse signal is input.
• The camera control unit that inputs the camera image signal transmits the camera image signal to the AV
control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901194
(+)
Voltage
Camera control unit (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Selector le-
ver in R posi- 6.0 V
tion.
B251 8 Ground Other than
selector le-
0V
ver in R posi-
tion.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace rear view camera.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
AV-250
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765723
• Camera control unit outputs camera ON signal to rear view camera and inputs rear view camera image sig- B
nal from rear view camera when the reverse signal is input.
• The camera control unit that inputs the camera image signal transmits the camera image signal to the AV
control unit.
C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901195
(+) L
Camera control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
M
B251 12 Ground
When rear view camera AV
image is displayed.
SKIB2251J
O
AV-251
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765725
AV control unit that inputs the camera image signal and AUX image signal transmits the composite image sig-
nal to the display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901196
1.CHECK CONTINUITY COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector and display unit connector.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and display unit harness connector.
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M129 36 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
1. Connect AV control unit connector and display unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between AV control unit harness connector using an oscilloscope.
(+) (−)
AV control unit Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
Ground
When AUX or camera image is dis-
M129 36
played.
SKIB2251J
AV-252
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765727
• Steering angle sensor signal 1, 2 detects the turning direction and quantity of the steering and transmits it to B
the camera control unit.
• Steering angle sensor signal 3 detects the neutral position of the steering and transmits it to the camera con-
trol unit.
• Camera control unit performs the correction of neutral position with sensor signal 1, 2, 3 and vehicle speed C
signal.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901197
D
1.CHECK CONTINUITY STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector and steering angle sensor connector.
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and steering angle sensor harness con-
nector.
F
Camera control unit Steering angle sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
G
23 3
B251 24 M30 6 Existed
25 8 H
4. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
I
Camera control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals
23 Ground J
B251 24 Not existed
25
K
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
L
2.CHECK SIGNAL SENSOR SIGNAL
1. Connect camera control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. M
3. Check voltage between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
(+) AV
Voltage
Camera control unit
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminals
O
23
B251 24 Ground 5.0 V
25 P
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
3.CHECK SIGNAL SENSOR SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect steering angle sensor connector.
AV-253
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check signal between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
(+)
Camera control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminals
SKIB3827E
A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2
23, 24 Ground
SKIB3828E
A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2
SKIB3829E
A: Sensor signal 3
B: Sensor signal 1
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering angle sensor.
AV-254
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765729
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground G
M127 6 Not existed
Is inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE I
Check spiral cable.
Is inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace spiral cable.
3.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE K
1. Connect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector. L
(+) (−)
Voltage
AV control unit AV control unit M
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M127 6 M127 15 3.3 V
AV
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
O
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-256, "Component Inspection". P
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
AV-255
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003765731
JSNIA0215GB
Standard
Steering switch
Resistance
Con- Termi- Con- Termi- Condition
Ω
nector nal nector nal
MENU DOWN switch
315 – 327
ON
14
MENU UP switch ON 119 – 123
M303 M303 17
SOURCE switch ON 1
VOL UP switch ON 119 – 123
15
VOL DOWN switch ON 1
AV-256
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765732
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground G
M127 16 Not existed
Is inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE I
Check spiral cable.
Is inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace spiral cable.
3.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE K
1. Connect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector. L
(+) (−)
Voltage
AV control unit AV control unit M
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M127 16 M127 15 3.3 V
AV
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
O
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-258, "Component Inspection". P
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
AV-257
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003765734
JSNIA0215GB
Standard
Steering switch
Resistance
Con- Termi- Con- Termi- Condition
Ω
nector nal nector nal
MENU DOWN switch
315 – 327
ON
14
MENU UP switch ON 119 – 123
M303 M303 17
SOURCE switch ON 1
VOL UP switch ON 119 – 123
15
VOL DOWN switch ON 1
AV-258
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765735
AV control unit
Continuity K
Connector Terminal Ground
M127 15 Existed
Is inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH M
Check steering switch. Refer to AV-260, "Component Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
AV
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
AV-259
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003765737
JSNIA0215GB
Standard
Steering switch
Resistance
Con- Termi- Con- Termi- Condition
Ω
nector nal nector nal
MENU DOWN switch
315 – 327
ON
14
MENU UP switch ON 119 – 123
M303 M303 17
SOURCE switch ON 1
VOL UP switch ON 119 – 123
15
VOL DOWN switch ON 1
AV-260
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
ECU DIAGNOSIS A
AV CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000003765757
B
K
JPNIA1093ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
L
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition M
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Keep pressing SOURCE AV
0V
switch.
Ignition
6 15 Keep pressing switch. 0.7 V
Steering switch signal A Input switch
(W/G) (L/B)
ON
Keep pressing switch. 1.3 V O
Except for above. 3.3 V
Ignition
7 P
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(V/W)
ACC
Ignition Lighting switch is OFF. 0V
9
Ground Illumination signal Input switch
(R/L) Lighting switch is ON. 12.0 V
OFF
AV-261
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
15 Steering switch signal
Ground — switch — 0V
(L/B) ground
ON
Keep pressing VOL DOWN
0V
switch.
Ignition
16 15
Steering switch signal B Input switch Keep pressing VOL UP
(GR/L) (L/B) 0.7 V
ON switch.
Except for above. 3.3 V
Ignition
19
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
Ignition
20
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B/W)
ON
33 — FM sub Input — — —
34 — AM–FM main Input — — —
Ignition
35 Ground Antenna amp. ON signal Output switch — 12.0 V
ACC
SKIB2251J
Ignition
37 Composite image signal
Ground — switch — 0V
(W) ground
ON
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
38 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB image signal (B: blue) Output switch
(B) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2237J
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
39 RGB image signal (G: play color bar by selecting
Ground Output switch
(R) green) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2236J
AV-262
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
40 play color bar by selecting C
Ground RGB image signal (R: red) Output switch
(W) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2238J D
E
Ignition
41
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Output switch —
(G)
ON
F
SKIB3603E
Ignition
43
Ground RGB area (YS) signal Output switch When camera image, DVD
(B) I
ON image or AUX image is dis-
played.
J
PKIB4948J
K
Ignition
44 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Input switch
(G) (DISP→CONT) brightness.
ON
L
PKIB5039J
Ignition
45 Horizontal synchronizing
Ground Input switch — AV
(W) (HP) signal
ON
SKIB3601E
O
Ignition
46
Ground Signal ground — switch — —
(LG)
ACC
P
Ignition
47
Ground Signal VCC Output switch — 9.0 V
(O)
ACC
49 — Shield — — — —
50 — RGB signal Shield — — — —
55 — Shield — — — —
AV-263
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
56 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Output switch
(R) (CONT→DISP) brightness.
ON
PKIB5039J
Ignition
57 Vertical synchronizing (VP)
Ground Input switch —
(R) signal
ON
SKIB3598E
Ignition
58
Ground Inverter ground — switch — —
(BR)
ACC
Ignition
59
Ground Inverter VCC Output switch — 9.0 V
(Y)
ACC
Camera image signal
64 — — — — —
shield
Ignition
65 When camera image is dis-
Ground Camera image signal Input switch
(Y) played.
ON
SKIB2251J
Ignition
66 Composite (DVD and AUX) When DVD image or AUX
Ground Input switch
(V) image signal image is displayed.
ON
SKIB2251J
AV-264
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
Ignition
83 82 Stereo (DVD and AUX)
Input switch DVD* and AUX sound out- C
(R) (W) sound signal RH put.
ON
SKIB3609E D
Ignition
85
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B/W)
ON E
86 Input/
— CAN–H — — —
(L) Output
87 Input/ F
— CAN–L — — —
(P) Output
88 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(W) (H) Output G
89 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(B) (L) Output
90
—
AV communication signal Input/
— — —
H
(L) (H) Output
91 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(R) (L) Output I
Ignition J
99 98 Stereo (DVD and AUX)
(B) (G) sound signal LH
Input switch DVD*or AUX sound output.
ON
K
SKIB3609E
100 — Shield — — — —
Ignition L
101
Ground Switch ground — switch — 0V
(BR)
ON
103
Ignition Pressing the eject switch. 0V M
Ground Disk eject signal Input switch
(SB) Except for above. 3.3 V
ON
Ignition AV
104
Ground Ignition signal Input switch — Battery voltage
(O)
ON
AV-265
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Parking brake ON. 0V
Ignition
106
Ground Parking brake signal Input switch
(G/R) Parking brake OFF.
ON
JSNIA0007GB
NOTE:
The maximum voltage varies de-
pending on the specification
(destination unit).
Ignition
107 Vehicle speed signal When vehicle speed is ap-
Ground Input switch
(V/W) (8-pulse) prox. 40 km/h (25MPH).
ON
JSNIA0012GB
Ignition
109 115 Stereo sound signal front
Output switch Audio output
(W) (B) RH
ON
SKIB3609E
111 — Shield — — — —
Ignition
113 119
Stereo sound signal LH Output switch Audio output
(W) (B)
ON
SKIB3609E
*:Stereo sounds are input only when the 2 channel stereo sound is played.
AV-266
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Wiring Diagram — BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM — INFOID:0000000003971961
AV
P
JCNWM0917GB
AV-267
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0918GB
AV-268
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0919GB
AV-269
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0920GB
AV-270
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0921GB
AV-271
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0922GB
AV-272
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0923GB
AV-273
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0924GB
AV-274
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0925GB
AV-275
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0926GB
AV-276
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0927GB
AV-277
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0928GB
AV-278
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0929GB
AV-279
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0930GB
AV-280
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0931GB
AV-281
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0932GB
AV-282
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0933GB
AV-283
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0934GB
NOTE:
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.
DTC Index INFOID:0000000003765759
AV-284
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV-285
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DTC Display item Refer to
U129B FL-TWEETER VB-SHORT [U129B] AV-234, "Diagnosis Procedure"
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
AV-235, "Description"
U1240 • SWITCH CONN [U1240]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
AV-235, "Description"
U124E • AMP CONN [U124E]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
AV-235, "Description"
U1248 • DVD DECK CONN [U1248]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
U1248 • DVD DECK CONN [U1248] AV-235, "Description"
U124E • AMP CONN [U124E]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
U1248 • DVD DECK CONN [U1248]
AV-235, "Description"
U124E • AMP CONN [U124E]
U1252 • REAR-CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252]
AV-286
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DISPLAY UNIT
A
Reference Value INFOID:0000000003793620
TERMINAL LAYOUT B
JPNIA0006ZZ E
PHYSICAL VALUES
F
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.) G
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
1
Ground Ground — switch — 0V H
(B/W)
ON
ignition
2
Ground Inverter VCC Input switch — 9.0 V
(Y) I
ACC
Ignition
3
Ground Signal VCC Input switch — 9.0 V
(O) J
ACC
Composite image signal
4 — — — — —
shield
Ignition K
5 Composite image signal
Ground — switch — 0V
(W) ground
ON
L
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
6 RGB image signal (G: play color bar by selecting
Ground Input switch M
(R) green) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2236J AV
7 — RGB ground — — — —
Ignition
8 Horizontal synchronizing
Ground Output switch —
(W) (HP) signal P
ON
SKIB3601E
AV-287
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
When RGB image is dis-
5.0 V
played.
Ignition
9
Ground RGB area (YS) signal Input switch When camera image, DVD
(B)
ON image or AUX image is dis-
played.
PKIB4948J
Ignition
11 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Input switch
(R) (CONT→DISP) brightness.
ON
PKIB5039J
Ignition
13
Ground Inverter ground — switch — 0V
(BR)
ON
Ignition
14
Ground Signal ground — switch — 0V
(LG)
ON
SKIB2251J
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
17 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB image signal (R: red) Input switch
(W) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2238J
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
18 play color bar by
Ground RGB image signal (B: blue) Input switch
(B) selecting“Color Spectrum
ON
Bar” on DISPLAY DIAGNO-
SIS screen.
SKIB2237J
AV-288
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
Ignition
19 C
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Input switch —
(G)
ON
SKIB3603E D
E
Ignition
20 Vertical synchronizing (VP)
Ground Output switch —
(R) signal
ON
F
SKIB3598E
Ignition H
22 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Output switch
(G) (DISP→CONT) brightness.
ON
I
PKIB5039J
23 — Shield — — — —
J
AV
AV-289
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Wiring Diagram — BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM — INFOID:0000000003971969
JCNWM0917GB
AV-290
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0918GB
AV-291
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0919GB
AV-292
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0920GB
AV-293
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0921GB
AV-294
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0922GB
AV-295
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0923GB
AV-296
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0924GB
AV-297
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0925GB
AV-298
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0926GB
AV-299
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0927GB
AV-300
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0928GB
AV-301
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0929GB
AV-302
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0930GB
AV-303
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0931GB
AV-304
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0932GB
AV-305
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0933GB
AV-306
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0934GB
NOTE:
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION P
SWITCH virtually.
AV-307
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
BOSE AMP.
Reference Value INFOID:0000000003793619
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JPNIA1094ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
1 2 Sound signal front squawk-
Output switch Audio output
(LG) (V) er LH
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
4 3 Sound signal front squawk-
Output switch Audio output
(P) (L) er RH
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
5 6
Sound signal woofer RH Output switch Audio output
(Y) (BR)
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
7
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
10
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(SB)
OFF
Ignition
11
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(GR)
OFF
Ignition
12
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
AV-308
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
Ignition
13 8 C
Sound signal woofer LH Output switch Audio output
(R) (BR)
ON
SKIB3609E D
E
Ignition
14 9 Sound signal rear speaker
Output switch Audio output
(L) (O) RH
ON
F
SKIB3609E
Ignition
18 19 Sound signal front speaker
Output switch Audio output
(W) (B) LH
ON
H
SKIB3609E
I
Ignition
20
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — 12.0 V
(V)
ACC
J
Ignition
24 23 Stereo sound signal front K
Input switch Audio output
(B) (W) LH
ON
L
SKIB3609E
M
Ignition
26 25 Stereo sound signal front
Input switch Audio output
(W/R) (B/R) RH
ON
AV
SKIB3609E
Ignition
28 15 Sound signal rear speaker
Output switch Audio output P
(G) (R) LH
ON
SKIB3609E
AV-309
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
29 30 Sound signal center speak-
Output switch Audio output
(V) (P) er
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
31 32 Sound signal front speaker
Output switch Audio output
(BR) (Y) RH
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
33 34 Surround sound signal rear
(W/L) (GR/V) RH
Input switch When DVD is playing.*
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
35 36 Surround sound signal rear
(W/L) (W/R) LH
Input switch When DVD is playing.*
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
52 51 Surround sound signal front
(B) (W) LH
Input switch When DVD is playing.*
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
54 53 Surround sound signal front
(Y) (BR) RH
Input switch When DVD is playing.*
ON
SKIB3609E
AV-310
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
Ignition
56 55 When inputting voice guid- C
Voice guidance signal Input switch
(W/L) (W/R) ance.
ON
SKIB3609E D
E
Ignition
58 57 Surround sound signal cen-
(W/R) (B/R) ter
Input switch When DVD is playing.*
ON
F
SKIB3609E
Ignition
59 60 Surround sound signal cen-
Input switch When DVD is playing.*
(GR/V) (W/L) ter
ON
H
SKIB3609E
I
75 AV communication signal
— — — — —
(P) (L)
76 AV communication signal
— — — — — J
(P) (L)
77 AV communication signal
— — — — —
(L) (H)
K
78 AV communication signal
— — — — —
(L) (H)
79 — Shield — — — —
L
*: All surround sounds are input only when the 5.1 channel surround sound is played.
AV
AV-311
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Wiring Diagram — BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM — INFOID:0000000003971970
JCNWM0917GB
AV-312
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0918GB
AV-313
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0919GB
AV-314
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0920GB
AV-315
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0921GB
AV-316
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0922GB
AV-317
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0923GB
AV-318
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0924GB
AV-319
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0925GB
AV-320
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0926GB
AV-321
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0927GB
AV-322
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0928GB
AV-323
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0929GB
AV-324
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0930GB
AV-325
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0931GB
AV-326
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0932GB
AV-327
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0933GB
AV-328
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0934GB
NOTE:
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION P
SWITCH virtually.
AV-329
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DVD PLAYER
Reference Values INFOID:0000000003793618
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
JPNIA1095ZZ
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
1
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B/W)
ON
Ignition
2
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
Ignition Lighting switch is OFF. 0V
3
Ground Illumination signal Input switch
(R/L) Lighting switch is ON. 12.0 V
OFF
Ignition
4
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(V/W)
ACC
5 — Shield — — — —
6 — Shield — — — —
Ignition
7 Composite (DVD and AUX) When DVD image or AUX
Ground Output switch
(V) image signal image is displayed.
ON
SKIB2251J
Ignition
8 Composite (AUX) image When AUX image is dis-
Ground Output switch
(G) signal played.
ON
SKIB2251J
Ignition
9 Composite (DVD and AUX)
Ground — switch — 0V
(G) image signal ground
ON
Ignition
10 Composite image (AUX)
Ground — switch — 0V
(V) signal ground
ON
AV-330
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
Ignition
13 11 C
AUX sound signal LH Input switch AUX sound output.
(B) (G)
ON
SKIB3609E D
E
Ignition
14 12
AUX sound signal RH Input switch AUX sound output.
(W) (R)
ON
F
SKIB3609E
I
SKIB3609E
J
Stereo (DVD and AUX Ignition
23 24
sound) sound signal RH Output switch DVD*1 or AUX sound out-
(R) (W) put.
ON
K
SKIB3609E
Ignition
P
36 35 Surround sound signal front *2
Output switch DVD sound output.
(W) (B) RH
ON
SKIB3609E
AV-331
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
38 37 Surround sound signal front
(W) (B) LH
Output switch DVD sound output.*2
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
40 39 Surround sound signal cen-
(W) (B) ter
Output switch DVD sound output.*2
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
42 41 Surround sound signal
(L) (R) woofer
Output switch DVD sound output.*2
ON
SKIB3609E
43 — Shield — — — —
44 — Shield — — — —
Ignition
46 45 Surround sound signal rear
(W) (B) RH
Output switch DVD sound output.*2
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
48 47 Surround sound signal rear
(W) (B) LH
Output switch DVD sound output.*2
ON
SKIB3609E
• *1: Stereo sounds are input only when the 2 channel stereo sound is played.
• *2: All surround sounds are input only when the 5.1 channel surround sound is played.
AV-332
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Wiring Diagram — BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM — INFOID:0000000003971971
AV
P
JCNWM0917GB
AV-333
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0918GB
AV-334
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0919GB
AV-335
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0920GB
AV-336
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0921GB
AV-337
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0922GB
AV-338
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0923GB
AV-339
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0924GB
AV-340
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0925GB
AV-341
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0926GB
AV-342
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0927GB
AV-343
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0928GB
AV-344
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0929GB
AV-345
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0930GB
AV-346
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0931GB
AV-347
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0932GB
AV-348
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0933GB
AV-349
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0934GB
NOTE:
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.
AV-350
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
A
Reference Values INFOID:0000000003793617
TERMINAL LAYOUT B
JPNIA0007ZZ E
PHYSICAL VALUES
F
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.) G
+ – Signal name
Output
5 — Shield — — — —
H
Ignition
6 When rear view camera im- I
Ground Camera image signal Input switch
(B) age is displayed.
ON
SKIB2251J
J
Ignition
7
Ground Rear view camera ground — switch — 0V
(W)
ON K
Ignition Selector lever in R position. 6.0 V
8
Ground Camera power supply Output switch Other than selector lever in
(R) 0V
ON R position. L
11 — Shield — — — —
Ignition
12 When rear view camera im-
Ground Camera image signal Output switch
(BR) age is displayed. AV
ON
SKIB2251J
O
Connected to camera con-
Ignition 0V
14 Camera connection recog- trol unit connector.
Ground Output switch
(GR) nition signal Not connected to camera
ON 5.0 V P
control unit connector.
17 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(L/G) (L) Output
18 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(L/R) (H) Output
19 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(P) (L) Output
AV-351
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
20 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(L) (H) Output
SKIB3827E
A: Sensor signal 1
Ignition B: Sensor signal 2
23
Ground Sensor signal 1 Input switch
(G)
ON
SKIB3828E
A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2
SKIB3827E
A: Sensor signal 1
Ignition B: Sensor signal 2
24
Ground Sensor signal 2 Input switch
(SB)
ON
SKIB3828E
A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2
Ignition
25 Turn the steering around
Ground Sensor signal 3 Input switch
(O) the neutral position.
ON
SKIB3829E
A: Sensor signal 3
B: Sensor signal 1
AV-352
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
NOTE: B
The maximum voltage varies de-
pending on the specification
(destination unit).
C
Ignition
26 Vehicle speed signal When vehicle speed is ap-
Ground Input switch
(O) (8-pulse) prox. 40 km/h (25 MPH).
ON
D
SKIA6649J
E
Ignition
30
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(V)
ACC
F
Ignition
31
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B/R)
ON
Ignition G
32
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
H
AV
AV-353
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Wiring Diagram — BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SYSTEM — INFOID:0000000003971972
JCNWM0917GB
AV-354
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0918GB
AV-355
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0919GB
AV-356
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0920GB
AV-357
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0921GB
AV-358
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0922GB
AV-359
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0923GB
AV-360
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0924GB
AV-361
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0925GB
AV-362
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0926GB
AV-363
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0927GB
AV-364
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0928GB
AV-365
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0929GB
AV-366
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0930GB
AV-367
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0931GB
AV-368
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0932GB
AV-369
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0933GB
AV-370
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0934GB
NOTE:
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION P
SWITCH virtually.
AV-371
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000003765766
AV-372
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
RELATED TO AUDIO
K
Symptoms Check items Possible malfunction location / Action to take
Disk eject signal circuit.
The CD cannot be removed. —
Refer to AV-249, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
• Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis.
Refer to AV-211, "CONSULT-III Function (MULTI AV)"
No sound from all speakers. • BOSE amp. power supply and ground circuits malfunc-
tion. Refer to AV-238, "BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Proce-
M
dure".
Audio sound is not heard.
• No sound from all speakers.
• It dose not change to "DVD" mode. Perform CONSULT-III self-diagnosis. AV
Sound is not heard only from the specific Refer to AV-211, "CONSULT-III Function (MULTI AV)"
places.
AM/FM radio is not received. Other audio sounds are normal. Antenna amp. ON signal circuit. O
AV-373
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Symptoms Probable malfunction location
Steering switch's “SOURCE”, “MENU UP”, “MENU DOWN”
Steering switch signal A circuit. Refer to AV-255, "Diagnosis Procedure".
switches do not work.
Steering switch's “VOL UP”, “VOL DOWN” switches do not
Steering switch signal B circuit. Refer to AV-257, "Diagnosis Procedure".
work.
RELATED TO DVD
AV-374
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765767
BASIC OPERATIONS B
AV-375
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
Symptom Cause and Counter measure
Move immediately to the next song When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3”, or “.wma”,
when playing or when play is prohibited by copyright protection, the player will skip to the next song.
The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the software, so the files might
desired order. not play in the desired order.
Noise resulting from variations in field strength, such as fading noise and multi-path noise, or external noise from trains and other
sources, is not a malfunction.
NOTE:
• Fading noise: This noise occurs because of variations in the field strength in a narrow range due to mountains or buildings blocking
the signal.
• Multi-path noise: This noise results from a time difference between the broadcast waves directly from the station arriving at the
antenna and the waves reflected by mountains or buildings.
AV-376
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000003960543
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIRBAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. E
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIRBAG”.
F
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
G
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000003765769
AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM H
• Do not apply voltage of 7.0 V or higher to the measurement terminals.
• Use the tester with its open terminal voltage being 7.0 V or less.
• Be sure to turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal before
checking the circuit. I
J
AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
• Solder the repaired parts, and wrap with tape. [Frays of twisted line
must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).]
K
PKIA0306E
AV
• Do not perform bypass wire connections for the repair parts. (The
spliced wire will become separated and the characteristics of
twisted line will be lost.)
O
PKIA0307E
AV-377
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR
AV CONTROL UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003838325
REMOVAL
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
JPNIA1034ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument finisher C. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove AV control unit with A/C amp. as a single unit from the body.
4. Remove bracket screws, and then remove AV control unit.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-378
DISPLAY UNIT
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DISPLAY UNIT
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003838329
REMOVAL B
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C
JPNIA1035ZZ
F
1. Display unit
REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View". H
2. Remove display unit mounting screws, and then disconnect the display unit connector.
3. Remove display unit.
I
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
J
AV
AV-379
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003838331
JPNIA1036ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove front door finisher. Refer to INT-30, "DRIVER SIDE : Removal and Installation" (driver side) or
INT-33, "PASSENGER SIDE : Removal and Installation" (passenger side).
2. Remove front door speaker mounting bolts, disconnect the front door speaker connector.
3. Remove front door speaker.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-380
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003838333
D
JPNIA1037ZZ
E
1. Rear door speaker
AV
AV-381
FRONT SQUAWKER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
FRONT SQUAWKER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003838335
JPNIA1038ZZ
1. Front squawker
REMOVAL
1. Remove the speaker grille with squawker. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
2. Remove front squawker mounting screws, lift up the front squawker and disconnect front squawker con-
nector.
3. Remove front squawker.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-382
REAR SQUAWKER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
REAR SQUAWKER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003838337
D
JPNIA1040ZZ
E
1. Rear squawker
AV
AV-383
CENTER SPEAKER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
CENTER SPEAKER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003838339
JPNIA1039ZZ
1. Center speaker
REMOVAL
1. Remove center speaker grille. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
2. Remove center speaker mounting screws, lift up the center speaker and disconnect center speaker con-
nector.
3. Remove center speaker.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-384
WOOFER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
WOOFER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003838341
D
JPNIA1041ZZ
E
1. Woofer
AV
AV-385
BOSE AMP.
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
BOSE AMP.
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003838343
JPNIA1042ZZ
: Vehicle front
1. BOSE amp.
REMOVAL
1. Remove trunk front finisher upper. Refer to INT-57, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove BOSE amp. mounting bolts, disconnect the BOSE amp. connector.
3. Remove BOSE amp.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-386
ANTENNA AMP.
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
ANTENNA AMP.
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003838345
D
JPNIA1032ZZ
E
1. AM-FM main connector
2. Antenna amp.
F
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000003838346
REMOVAL
G
1. Remove rear side pillar finisher. Refer to INT-39, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect antenna feeder connector and clip.
3. Remove antenna amp. mounting nut, disconnect the antenna amp. connector. H
4. Remove antenna amp.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal. I
AV
AV-387
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003838347
REMOVAL
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
JPNIA1043ZZ
1. Cluster lid D
2. Multifunction switch
REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
2. Remove multifunction switch mounting screws.
3. Remove multifunction switch.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-388
PRESET SWITCH
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
PRESET SWITCH
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003838349
REMOVAL B
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C
JPNIA1044ZZ
H
1. Preset switch 2. Cluster lid C
REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid C. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". J
2. Remove preset switch mounting screws.
3. Remove preset switch.
K
1. Preset switch
A. Screw
B. Screw L
JPNIA1045ZZ AV
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
NOTE: O
When installing preset switch, do not allow the print wire that connects preset switch and multifunction switch
to get caught in between AV control unit and preset switch.
P
AV-389
REAR CONTROL SWITCH
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
REAR CONTROL SWITCH
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003838351
REMOVAL
Refer to SE-98, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
JPNIA1046ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear control switch, stretching pawls of armrest assembly.
2. Disconnect rear control switch connector.
3. Remove rear control switch.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-390
DVD PLAYER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
DVD PLAYER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003838353
REMOVAL B
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C
JPNIA1047ZZ
F
1. DVD player
REMOVAL
1. Remove grove box. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation" H
2. Remove DVD player mounting screw, disconnect the DVD player connector.
3. Remove DVD player.
I
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
J
AV
AV-391
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003838355
REMOVAL
Refer to IP-22, "Removal and Installation".
DISASSEMBLY
JPNIA1048ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove console finisher. Refer to IP-22, "Exploded View".
2. Remove auxiliary mounting screws.
3. Remove auxiliary input jacks.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-392
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003838365
D
JPNIA1049ZZ
E
1. Camera control unit
AV
AV-393
REAR VIEW CAMERA
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
REAR VIEW CAMERA
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003902723
DISASSEMBLY
JPNIA1050ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove trunk lid finisher inner. Refer to INT-59, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove trunk lid finisher. Refer to EXT-38, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove rear view camera mounting clip, disconnect the rear view camera connector.
4. Remove rear view camera.
INSTALLATION
1. Installation is the reverse order of removal.
Adjustment INFOID:0000000003970795
Adjust the guide line position if the guide line position is shifted after installing the rear view camera.
1. Draw lines on rearward area of the vehicle passing through the
following points: 200 mm (7.87 in) from both sides of the vehicle,
and 0.5 m (1.64 ft), 1.0 m (3.28 ft) from the rear end of the
bumper.
2. Set into “Adjust offset of rear view camera” mode of Confirma-
tion / Adjustment mode.
SKIB3691E
AV-394
REAR VIEW CAMERA
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
3. Rotate the center dial, and then select the guiding line pattern so
that its angle is aligned with the correction line of the rear of the A
vehicle.
Selected pattern :7 B
4. Fine adjust the guiding line so that its position is aligned to the
correction line by pressing the up/down/left/right switches.
Pressing “ENTER” enable the camera control unit to memory C
the adjusted guiding line position.
SKIB3689E
Up/Down adjustment range : −20 – 20 D
Left/Right adjustment range : −20 – 20
CAUTION:
Never operate other function such as pressing BACK while writing index data. E
If Confirmation/Adjustment mode does not function in the above procedure, perform one of the
following service to adjust the index again.
• Remove battery for five min. Then reconnect battery.
F
• Remove camera control unit connector for five min. Then reconnect camera control unit connec-
tor.
AV
AV-395
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003838369
REMOVAL
Refer to SR-9, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
JSNIA0135ZZ
1. Spiral cable
2. Steering angle sensor
REMOVAL
1. Remove spiral cable.
2. Remove steering angle sensor mounting screws.
3. Remove steering angle sensor.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-396
ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO)
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION]
ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO)
A
Harness Layout INFOID:0000000003838371
AV
P
JPNIA1054GB
AV-397
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
BASIC INSPECTION
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000003765818
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JSNIA0732GB
>> GO TO 5.
E
4.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS
Perform the relevant diagnosis referring to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to AV-640, "Symptom
Table". F
>> GO TO 5.
5.ERROR PART REPAIR G
1. Repair or replace the identified malfunctioning parts.
2. Perform a self-diagnosis for “MULTI AV” with CONSULT-III.
NOTE: H
Erase the stored self-diagnosis results after repairing or replacing the relevant components if any DTC
has been indicated in the self-diagnosis results.
3. Check that the symptom does not occur. I
Does the symptom occur?
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> INSPECTION END J
AV
AV-399
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REMOVING BATTERY NEGATIVE TERMINAL : De-
scription INFOID:0000000003778340
>> Refer to AV-400, "PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special
Repair Requirement".
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description
INFOID:0000000003778342
When camera control unit is replaced, the center position of predicted course line shall be corrected.
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Re-
quirement INFOID:0000000003778343
>> Refer to AV-400, "PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special
Repair Requirement".
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Description
INFOID:0000000003778344
Adjust the center position of the predicted course line of the rear view monitor if it is shifted.
PREDICTED COURSE LINE CENTER POSITION ADJUSTMENT : Special Repair
Requirement INFOID:0000000003778345
1.STEERING OPERATION
Steer the steering wheel to the leftmost and rightmost ends.
>> GO TO 2.
2.DRIVING
Drive the vehicle straight ahead 100 m (328.1 ft) or more at a speed of 30 km/h (18.6 MPH) or more.
>> END
AV-400
MULTI AV SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS A
MULTI AV SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003765827
B
I
JSNIA1297GB
NOTE:
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION J
SWITCH virtually.
System Description INFOID:0000000003765828
K
Multi AV system means that the following systems are integrated.
AV-401
MULTI AV SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
• AV control unit is connected by CAN communication, and it receives data signal from ECM, combination
meter. It computes and displays fuel economy information value with the obtained information. Transmitting/
receiving of data signal is performed by BCM. Also, it transmits the required signal of vehicle setting and
receives the response signal.
• AV control unit is connected with display unit and serial communication, and it transmits the required signal
of display and display control and receives the response signal from display unit.
NOTE:
AV control unit can perform CONSULT-III self-operating function and on board self-diagnosis.
• CONSULT-III self diagnosis: Refer to AV-434, "CONSULT-III Function (MULTI AV)".
• On board self diagnosis: Refer to AV-419, "Diagnosis Description".
HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM
• Hands-free communication can be operated by connecting using Bluetooth™ communication with cellular
phone.
• Operation is performed by display unit (touch panel), multifunction switch or steering switch, and operating
condition is indicated on display unit.
JSNIA1305GB
AV-402
MULTI AV SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
• Operation can be performed with multifunction switch, steering switch and rear control switch. Multifunction
switch and rear control switch transmits operation signal to AV control unit by AV communication. A
JSNIA1299GB
JSNIA1301GB
AV
O
JSNIA1308GB
AV-403
MULTI AV SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003765829
JPNIA1059ZZ
AV-404
MULTI AV SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
13. Camera control unit 14. TEL antenna 15. Rear squawker RH
16. Antenna amp. 17. GPS antenna 18. Rear door speaker RH A
19. Front door speaker RH 20. Steering angle sensor 21. Steering switch
22. AV control unit 23. Auxiliary input jacks 24. Preset switch
25. DVD player 26. Multifunction switch 27. Display unit B
28. Microphone
A. Trunk room upper LH B. Trunk room upper RH C. Trunk room side RH
D. Within rear pillar finisher RH E. Within rear pillar finisher RH F. Within rear parcel shelf finisher C
G. Spiral cable part H. In center console I. In grove box
AV-405
MULTI AV SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Part name Description
• Operation panel is equipped with the centralized switch where camera, audio,
DVD and AUX input operations are integrated.
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
• The multifunction switch is connected to the preset switch by wiring harness,
and it transmits the operation signal to the preset switch.
• Operation panel is equipped with the centralized switch where audio and air
conditioner operations are integrated.
PRESET SWITCH • The preset switch is connected via AV communication, and it transmits the op-
eration signals of the preset switch and multifunction switch.
• The disk ejection operating signal is performed by wiring harness.
• Camera image signal is input from rear view camera. Camera image signal
output to AV control unit.
• Power supply is transmitted to rear view camera.
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
• AV control unit recognizes the presence of camera system with camera con-
nection recognition signal.
• Camera control unit is connected via AV communication.
• The image of vehicle rear view is transmitted to camera control unit.
REAR VIEW CAMERA
• It receives the power supply from the camera control unit and operates.
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR Sensor signal (steering angle) is transmitted to camera control unit.
• Used for hands-free phone operation.
MICROPHONE • Mic. signal is transmitted to NAVI control unit
• Power (Mic. VCC) is supplied from NAVI control unit.
• Enables audio operations, etc.
STEERING SWITCH
• Steering switch signal (operation signal) is output to AV control unit.
It transmits the playback DVD image signal and DVD sound signal to the AV con-
DVD PLAYER
trol unit.
• The image signal of the auxiliary input is output via the DVD player and AV con-
trol unit to the display unit.
• The sound signal of the auxiliary input is output via the DVD player and AV con-
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
trol unit to the BOSE amp.
• The image signal of the auxiliary input is output via the AV control unit to the
display, and it outputs the sound signal to the AV control unit.
• Enables audio operations, etc.
REAR CONTROL SWITCH • The rear control switch is connected via AV communication, and it transmits
the operation signals of the rear control switch.
• Radio signal received by glass antenna is amplified and transmitted to AV con-
ANTENNA AMP. trol unit.
• Power (antenna amp ON signal) is supplied from AV control unit.
GPS ANTENNA GPS signal is received and transmitted to NAVI control unit.
TEL ANTENNA TEL voice signal is received and transmitted to NAVI control unit.
AV-406
AUDIO SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AUDIO SYSTEM
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003765831
JSNIA1310GB
NOTE: G
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.
System Description INFOID:0000000003765832 H
The audio system is equipped with following function. Each function can be operated with the multifunction
switch, preset switch, rear control switch or steering switch. It indicates the operation status of AUDIO to the
I
display unit.
Function
J
AM/FM radio
CD
K
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
Operating Signal
Operation of the audio system can be performed via the multifunction switch, preset switch, rear control switch L
or steering switch.
• Operating signal is transmitted to AV control unit via AV communication when it is operated by multifunction
switch, preset switch or rear control switch. The CD ejection operating signal is performed by hard-wire.
• Operating signal is transmitted to AV control unit with steering switch signal when it is operated by steering M
switch.
Screen Display
AV
• The display switching of the screen is performed by the communication signal between the display unit and
the AV control unit.
• The image signal to display operating condition is performed by RGB image signal, RGB area signal and
RGB image synchronizing signal. O
AM/FM Radio Mode
• AM/FM radio tuner is built into AV control unit.
• AM/FM radio wave is received by glass antenna, next it is amplified by antenna amp., and finally it is input to P
AV control unit. The FM sub antenna is installed on the rear window glass and the AV control unit is
received.
• Sound signal is input to BOSE amp. and BOSE amp. outputs to woofer and each speaker for AV control unit.
CD Mode
• CD function is built into AV control unit.
• AV control unit outputs sound signal to BOSE amp. and BOSE amp. outputs to woofer and each speaker
when CD is inserted to AV control unit.
AV-407
AUDIO SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003777846
JPNIA1059ZZ
AV-408
AUDIO SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
13. Camera control unit 14. TEL antenna 15. Rear squawker RH
16. Antenna amp. 17. GPS antenna 18. Rear door speaker RH A
19. Front door speaker RH 20. Steering angle sensor 21. Steering switch
22. AV control unit 23. Auxiliary input jacks 24. Preset switch
25. DVD player 26. Multifunction switch 27. Display unit B
28. Microphone
A. Trunk room upper LH B. Trunk room upper RH C. Trunk room side RH
D. Within rear pillar finisher RH E. Within rear pillar finisher RH F. Within rear parcel shelf finisher C
G. Spiral cable part H. In center console I. In grove box
AV-409
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003765835
JSNIA1311GB
DESCRIPTION
• The navigation system can be operated by display (touch panel), multifunction switch or steering switch.
Each operation signal is input to AV control unit. AV control unit communicates with NAVI control unit via AV
communication, and controls the navigation system.
• Guide sound during the operation of the navigation system is output from NAVI control unit to front speaker
through AV control unit and BOSE amp.
• NAVI control unit calculates the vehicle location based on the signals from GYRO (angle speed sensor),
vehicle sensor, and GPS satellite, as well as the map data from Map DVD-ROM. It transmits the map image
signal (RGB image, RGB area, and the synchronizing RGB image) to display through AV control unit.
POSITION DETECTION PRINCIPLE
The navigation system periodically calculates the vehicle's current
position according to the following three signals:
• Travel distance of the vehicle as determined by the vehicle speed
sensor
• Turning angle of the vehicle as determined by the gyroscope
(angular velocity sensor)
• Direction of vehicle travel as determined by the GPS antenna
(GPS information)
The current position of the vehicle is then identified by comparing the
calculated vehicle position with map data read from the map DVD-
ROM, which is stored in the DVD-ROM drive (map-matching), and
JSNIA1417GB
indicated on the screen as a vehicle mark. More accurate data is
judged and used by comparing vehicle position detection results found by the GPS with the result by map-
matching.
AV-410
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
The current vehicle position will be calculated by detecting the dis-
tance the vehicle moved from the previous calculation point and its A
direction.
• Travel distance
Travel distance calculations are based on the vehicle speed sen-
B
sor input signal. Therefore, the calculation may become incorrect
as the tires wear down. To prevent this, an automatic distance cor-
rection function has been adopted.
• Travel direction C
Change in the travel direction of the vehicle is calculated by a gyro-
scope (angular velocity sensor) and a GPS antenna (GPS informa-
SEL684V
tion). They have both advantages and disadvantages. D
J
SEL685V
The vehicle position may not be corrected under the following circumstances and after driving for a certain K
time when GPS information is difficult to receive. In this case, the vehicle mark on the display must be cor-
rected manually.
• In map-matching, alternative routes to reach the destination will be L
shown and prioritized, after the road on which the vehicle is cur-
rently driven has been judged and the vehicle mark has been repo-
sitioned.
Alternative routes will be shown in different order of priority, and M
the incorrect road can be avoided if there is an error in distance
and/or direction.
They are of the same priority if two roads are running in parallel. AV
Therefore, the vehicle mark may appear on either of them alter-
nately, depending on maneuvering of the steering wheel and con-
figuration of the road.
SEL686V O
AV-411
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
• Map-matching does not function correctly when a road on which
the vehicle is driving is new and not recorded in the map DVD-
ROM, or when road pattern stored in the map data and the actual
road pattern are different due to repair.
The map-matching function may find another road and position the
vehicle mark on it when driving on a road not present in the map.
Then, the vehicle mark may change to it when the correct road is
detected.
• Effective range for comparing the vehicle position and travel direc-
tion calculated by the distance and direction with the road data
read from the map DVD-ROM is limited. Therefore, correction by
SKIA0613E
map-matching is not possible when there is an excessive gap
between current vehicle position and the position on the map.
GPS (GLOBAL POSITIONING SYSTEM)
GPS (Global Positioning System) was developed for and is con-
trolled by the US Department of Defense. The system utilizes GPS
satellites (NAVSTAR), sending out radio waves while flying on an
orbit around the earth at an altitude of approximately 21,000 km
(13,100miles).
The GPS receiver calculates the vehicle's position in three dimen-
sions (latitude/longitude/altitude) according to the time lag of the
radio waves received from four or more GPS satellites (three-dimen-
sional positioning). The GPS receiver calculates the vehicle's posi-
tion in two dimensions (latitude/longitude), utilizing the altitude data
calculated previously with radio waves from four or more GPS satel-
SEL526V
lites (two-dimensional positioning) if radio waves were received only
from three GPS satellites.
Position correction by GPS is not available while the vehicle is stopped.
Accuracy of GPS will deteriorate under the following conditions:
• In two-dimensional positioning, GPS accuracy will deteriorate when altitude of the vehicle position changes.
• The accuracy can be even lower depending on the arrangement of the GPS satellites utilized for the posi-
tioning.
• Position detection is not possible when vehicle is in an area where radio waves from the GPS satellite do not
reach, such as in a tunnel, parking lot in a building, and under an elevated highway. Radio waves from the
GPS satellites may not be received when some object is located over the GPS antenna.
NOTE:
• Even a high-precision three dimensional positioning, the detection result has an error about 10 m (30ft).
• Because the signals of GPS satellite is controlled by the Tracking and Control Center in the United States,
the accuracy may be degraded lower intentionally or the radio waves may stop.
AV-412
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003777930
AV
P
JPNIA1059ZZ
AV-413
NAVIGATION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
13. Camera control unit 14. TEL antenna 15. Rear squawker RH
16. Antenna amp. 17. GPS antenna 18. Rear door speaker RH
19. Front door speaker RH 20. Steering angle sensor 21. Steering switch
22. AV control unit 23. Auxiliary input jacks 24. Preset switch
25. DVD player 26. Multifunction switch 27. Display unit
28. Microphone
A. Trunk room upper LH B. Trunk room upper RH C. Trunk room side RH
D. Within rear pillar finisher RH E. Within rear pillar finisher RH F. Within rear parcel shelf finisher
G. Spiral cable part H. In center console I. In grove box
AV-414
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003775050
JSNIA1313GB
G
System Description INFOID:0000000003775051
AV
JSNIA1325GB
AV-415
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
PREDICTED COURSE LINE OPERATION PRINCIPLE
Detection Of Steering Rotation Direction
Camera control unit detects the rotation direction of steering according to the phase difference of two pairs of
pulse signals (sensor signal 1 and sensor signal 2) input from steering angle sensor.
Detection Of Steering Neutral Position
The sensor signal 3 input from steering angle sensor is generated at 1 pulse per 1 rotation of the steering
wheel. Camera control unit detects the steering neutral position from this pulse.
JSNIA0708GB
AV-416
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003777941
AV
P
JPNIA1059ZZ
AV-417
REAR VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
13. Camera control unit 14. TEL antenna 15. Rear squawker RH
16. Antenna amp. 17. GPS antenna 18. Rear door speaker RH
19. Front door speaker RH 20. Steering angle sensor 21. Steering switch
22. AV control unit 23. Auxiliary input jacks 24. Preset switch
25. DVD player 26. Multifunction switch 27. Display unit
28. Microphone
A. Trunk room upper LH B. Trunk room upper RH C. Trunk room side RH
D. Within rear pillar finisher RH E. Within rear pillar finisher RH F. Within rear parcel shelf finisher
G. Spiral cable part H. In center console I. In grove box
AV-418
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
A
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000003765847
JSNIA1289GB
F
Mode Description M
• AV control unit diagnosis.
• NAVI control unit diagnosis.
Self Diagnosis • Diagnoses the connections across system components, between AV
NAVI control unit and GPS antenna and between NAVI control unit and
TEL antenna.
AV-419
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Mode Description
The confirmations of the tint with the color spectrum bar display and
Display Diagnosis
shading of color with the gradation bar display can be performed.
Diagnosis of signals can be performed for vehicle speed, parking brake,
Vehicle Signals
lights, ignition switch, and reverse.
Handsfree Voice Mi-
Microphone speaker check can be performed.
crophone Test
Color Spectrum Bar A color tone can be checked by the color bar display.
Gradation Bar A light and shade can be checked by the gray scale display.
Touch Panel Touch panel response check can be performed.
Diagnosis of signals can be performed for vehicle speed, parking brake,
Vehicle Signals
Navigation/Phone lights, and reverse.
Confirm/Change
The passkey can be checked and changed.
Bluetooth Passkey
Confirm/Change
Bluetooth Device The device name can be checked and changed.
Confirmation/ Name
Adjustment
Handsfree Sound
Not available.
Quality Set
Speaker Test The connection of a speaker can be confirmed by test tone.
* Not used.
Climate Control
The system malfunction and the frequency when occurred in the past are
Error History displayed. When the malfunctioning item is selected, the time and place
that the selected malfunction last occurred are displayed.
The signal connected to camera control unit can be checked and the
Camera Cont. guiding line position that overlaps rear view camera image can be adjust-
ed.
Vehicle CAN Diagnosis The transmitting/receiving of CAN communication can be monitored.
The communication condition of each unit of Multi AV system can be
AV COMM Diagnosis
monitored.
Delete Unit Connection Log Erase the connection history of unit and error history.
Initialize Settings Initializes the AV control unit memory.
NOTE:
*: On-board self-diagnosis is not supported. Only CONSULT-III is supported.
STARTING PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn the audio system OFF.
3. While pressing the “SETTING” button, turn the volume control
dial clockwise or counterclockwise for 40 clicks or more. (When
the self-diagnosis mode is started, a short beep will be heard.)
• Shifting from current screen to previous screen is performed
by pressing “BACK” button.
JSNIA1290GB
AV-420
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
4. The trouble diagnosis initial screen is displayed, and then the
items of “Self Diagnosis” and “Confirmation/Adjustment” can be A
selected.
JSNIA0512GB
D
SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE
1. Start the self-diagnosis function and select “Self Diagnosis”.
- Self-diagnosis subdivision screen is displayed, and the self-diagnosis mode starts.
- The bar graph visible on the center of the self-diagnosis subdivision screen indicates progress of the trou- E
ble diagnosis.
NOTE:
• In case of connection malfunction of GPS or TEL antenna, diagnosis result follows “unit malfunction”
J
way to display.
• Replace AV control unit if “Self-Diagnosis did not run because of a control unit malfunction” is indicated.
The symptom is AV control unit internal error. Refer to AV-648, "Exploded View".
- The comments of the self-diagnosis results can be viewed with a K
component in the diagnosis result screen.
JSNIA0514GB AV
SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
• Check the applicable display at the following table, and then repair the malfunctioning parts.
• The self-diagnosis mode allows the technician to diagnose the connection in the communication line O
between AV control unit and each unit and the internal operation of the AV control unit.
• Because the start condition of diagnosis function is a switch operation, the on board diagnosis function can-
not be started up if any malfunction is detected in the communication circuit between AV control unit and P
multifunction switch.
Self-diagnosis Result Chart
AV-421
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
NOTE:
When a control unit malfunction is detected (red in
unit display), connection malfunctions with other
connection unit may be displayed.
“Self-Diagnosis did not run because of a control unit
malfunction”
JSNIA1315GB
JPNIA1091GB
AV-422
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Possible malfunction location / Action
Area with yellow connection lines Description
to take A
D
JSNIA1317GB
JSNIA1318GB H
JSNIA1320GB
O
AV-423
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Possible malfunction location / Action
Area with yellow connection lines Description
to take
With rear control switch
When either one of the following
items is detected: • AV communication circuits between
• malfunction is detected in AV com- rear control switch and camera con-
munication circuits between rear trol unit
control switch and camera control • AV communication circuits between
unit. camera control unit and NAVI control
• malfunction is detected in AV com- unit
munication circuits between camera
control unit and NAVI control unit.
Without rear control switch
When either one of the following
items is detected: • AV communication circuits between
• malfunction is detected in AV com- multifunction switch and camera
munication circuits between multi- control unit
JSNIA1321GB function switch and camera control • AV communication circuits between
unit. camera control unit and NAVI control
• malfunction is detected in AV com- unit
munication circuits between camera
control unit and NAVI control unit.
JSNIA1322GB
JSNIA1323GB
AV-424
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Possible malfunction location / Action
Area with yellow connection lines Description
to take A
D
JSNIA1324GB
F
NAVI control unit power supply and NAVI control unit power supply and
ground circuits are malfunctioning. ground circuits.
JPNIA1106GB H
CONFIRMATION/ADJUSTMENT MODE
1. Start the diagnosis function and select “Confirmation/Adjustment”. The confirmation/adjustment mode I
indicates where each item can be checked or adjusted.
2. Select each switch on the “Confirmation/Adjustment Mode”
screen to display the relevant trouble diagnosis screen. Press
the “BACK” switch to return to the initial Confirmation/Adjust- J
ment Mode screen.
JSNIA0489GB
Display Diagnosis M
AV
JSNIA0148GB
AV-425
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
The tint of the color bar indication is as per the following list if RGB signal error is detected.
JSNIA0149GB
Navigation/Phone
JSNIA0490GB
AV-426
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
• A color tone can be checked by the color bar display.
NOTE: A
The tint of the color bar indication is as per the following list if RGB
signal error is detected.
B
R (red) signal error : Light blue (Cyan) tint
G (green) signal error : Purple (Magenta) tint
B (blue) signal error : Yellow tint C
JSNIA0491GB
D
Gradation Bar
• A color tone can be checked by the color bar display.
E
JSNIA0492GB
H
Touch Panel
• Touch panel response check can be performed.
I
JSNIA0493GB
Vehicle Signals L
• A comparison check can be made of each actual vehicle signal
and the signals recognized by the NAVI control unit.
M
AV
O
JSNIA0516GB
P
Diagnosis item Display Vehicle status Remarks
ON Vehicle speed > 0 km/h (0 MPH)
Vehicle speed
OFF Vehicle speed = 0 km/h (0 MPH)
Changes in indication may be delayed. This is normal.
ON Parking brake is applied.
Parking brake
OFF Parking brake is released.
AV-427
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Diagnosis item Display Vehicle status Remarks
ON Light switch ON.
Lights —
OFF Light switch OFF.
ON Selector lever in R position.
Reverse Selector lever in any position other Changes in indication may be delayed. This is normal.
OFF
than R.
JSNIA0086GB
JSNIA0517GB
Speaker Test
Select “SPEAKER TEST” to display the Speaker Diagnosis screen.
Press “START and NEXT” to generate a test tone in a speaker.
Press “Start” to generate a test tone in the next speaker. Press “End”
to stop the test tones.
NOTE:
The frequency of test tone emitted from each speaker is as follows.
Tweeter : 3 kHz
Front door speaker : 300 Hz
Rear door speaker : 1 kHz
JSNIA0150GB
Climate Control
On-board self-diagnosis is not supported. Only CONSULT-III is supported.
Refer to HAC-159, "WITH INTELLIGENT AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM : CONSULT-III Function" for details.
Error History
The self-diagnosis results are judged depending on whether any error occurs from when “Self-diagnosis” is
selected until the self-diagnosis results are displayed.
However, the diagnosis results are judged normal if an error has occurred before the ignition switch is turned
ON and then no error has occurred until the self-diagnosis start. Check the “Error Record” to detect any error
that may have occurred before the self-diagnosis start because of this situation.
The frequency of occurrence in error history is displayed in a count up manner. The actual count up method
differs depending on the error item.
Count up method A
AV-428
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
• The counter resets to 0 if an error occurs when IGN switch is turned ON. The counter increases by 1 if the
condition is normal at a next IGN ON cycle. A
• The counter upper limit is 39. Any counts exceeding 39 are ignored.“ The counter can be reset (no error
record display) with the “Delete log” switch or CONSULT-III.
Count up method B
B
• The counter increases by 1 if an error occurs when IGN switch is ON. The counter will not decrease even if
the condition is normal at the next IGN ON cycle.
• The counter upper limit is 50. Any counts exceeding 50 are ignored. “ The counter can be reset (no error
record display) with the “Delete log” switch or CONSULT-III. C
J
JSNIA0518GB
Error item
Some error items may be displayed simultaneously according to the cause. If some error items are displayed
simultaneously, the detection of the cause can be performed by the combination of display items K
AV-429
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
Camera connection recognition signal cir- Camera connection recognition signal cir-
Camera Cont. Unit Connection Error
cuit is detected. cuit.
Sound signal center speaker circuit is
Center speaker OUT: open Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
open.
Sound signal center speaker circuit is
Center speaker OUT: short shorted between center speaker signal (+) Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
and center speaker signal (-).
Sound signal center speaker circuit to
Center speaker OUT: short to ground Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
ground is shorted.
Sound signal center speaker circuit to bat-
Center speaker OUT: short to battery Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
tery is shorted.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR speaker OUT: open
open. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is
Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR speaker OUT: short shorted between front speaker RH signal
cuit.
(+) and front speaker RH signal (-).
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR speaker OUT: short to ground
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR speaker OUT: short to battery
battery is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal rear speaker RH circuit is Check sound signal rear speaker RH cir-
RR speaker OUT: open
open. cuit.
Sound signal rear speaker RH circuit is
Check sound signal rear speaker RH cir-
RR speaker OUT: short shorted between rear speaker LH signal (+)
cuit.
and rear speaker LH signal (-).
Sound signal rear speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal rear speaker RH cir-
RR speaker OUT: short to ground
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal rear speaker RH circuit to bat- Check sound signal rear speaker RH cir-
RR speaker OUT: short to battery
tery is shorted. cuit.
RR Woofer OUT: open Sound signal woofer RH circuit is open. Check sound signal woofer RH circuit.
Sound signal woofer RH circuit is shorted
RR Woofer OUT: short between woofer RH signal (+) and woofer Check sound signal woofer RH circuit.
RH signal (-).
Sound signal woofer RH circuit to ground is
RR Woofer OUT: short to ground Check sound signal woofer RH circuit.
shorted.
Sound signal woofer RH circuit to battery is
RR Woofer OUT: short to battery Check sound signal woofer RH circuit.
shorted.
RL Woofer OUT: open Sound signal woofer LH circuit is open. Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
Sound signal woofer LH circuit is shorted
RL Woofer OUT: short between woofer LH signal (+) and woofer Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
LH signal (-).
Sound signal woofer LH circuit to ground is
RL Woofer OUT: short to ground Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
shorted.
Sound signal woofer LH circuit to battery is
RL Woofer OUT: short to battery Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
shorted.
Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is
RL speaker OUT: open Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
open.
Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is
RL speaker OUT: short shorted between rear speaker LH signal (+) Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
and rear speaker LH signal (-).
Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to
RL speaker OUT: short to ground Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
ground is shorted.
Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to bat-
RL speaker OUT: short to battery Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
tery is shorted.
AV-430
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
A
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL speaker OUT: open
open. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is
Check sound signal front speaker LH cir- B
FL speaker OUT: short shorted between front speaker LH signal
cuit.
(+) and front speaker LH signal (-).
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL speaker OUT: short to ground
ground is shorted. cuit. C
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL speaker OUT: short to battery
battery is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit is Check sound signal front squawker LH cir- D
FL tweeter OUT: open
open. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit is
Check sound signal front squawker LH cir-
FL tweeter OUT: short shorted between front squawker LH signal E
cuit.
(+) and front squawker LH signal (-).
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit to Check sound signal front squawker LH cir-
FL tweeter OUT: short to ground
ground is shorted. cuit.
F
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit to Check sound signal front squawker LH cir-
FL tweeter OUT: short to battery
battery is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit is Check sound signal front squawker RH cir-
FR tweeter OUT: open G
open. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit is
Check sound signal front squawker RH cir-
FR tweeter OUT: short shorted between front squawker RH signal
cuit. H
(+) and front squawker RH signal (-).
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit to Check sound signal front squawker RH cir-
FR tweeter OUT: short to ground
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit to Check sound signal front squawker RH cir-
I
FR tweeter OUT: short to battery
battery is shorted. cuit.
GPS antenna connection malfunction is de-
GPS Antenna Error Replace the GPS antenna. J
tected.
DVD Navi Internal Error NAVI control unit malfunction is detected. Replace the NAVI control unit.
TEL antenna connection malfunction is de-
Bluetooth module Error TEL antenna. K
tected.
Rear control switch power supply and Rear control switch power supply and
AV COMM CIRCUIT
ground circuits malfunction are detected. ground circuits.
L
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• multifunction switch power supply and
ground circuits are malfunctioning. • Multifunction switch power supply and M
• AV COMM CIRCUIT • AV communication circuits between AV ground circuits.
• Switches Connection Error control unit and multifunction switch are • AV communication circuits between AV
malfunctioning. control unit and multifunction switch.
• AV communication signal between AV AV
control unit and multifunction switch is
malfunctioning.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT NAVI control unit power supply and ground NAVI control unit power supply and ground O
• DVD Navi Unit Connection Error circuits are malfunctioning. circuits.
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• BOSE amp. power supply and ground P
• AV COMM CIRCUIT BOSE amp. power supply and ground cir-
circuits are malfunctioning.
• Amplifier Connection Error cuits.
• AV communication signal between AV
control unit and BOSE amp is malfunc-
tioning.
AV-431
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Error item Description Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• camera control unit power supply and
• AV COMM CIRCUIT Camera control unit power supply and
ground circuits are malfunctioning.
• Rear view Camera connection Error ground circuits.
• AV communication signal between AV
control unit and camera control unit is
malfunctioning.
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• DVD player power supply and ground cir-
cuits are malfunctioning. • DVD player power supply and ground cir-
• AV COMM CIRCUIT • AV communication circuits between cuits.
• DVD Deck Connection Error BOSE amp. and DVD player are mal- • AV communication circuits between
functioning. BOSE amp. and DVD player.
• AV communication signal between AV
control unit and DVD player is malfunc-
tioning.
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• AV communication circuits between
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
NAVI control unit and BOSE amp. are AV communication circuits between NAVI
• DVD Deck Connection Error
malfunctioning. control unit and BOSE amp.
• Amplifier Connection Error
• AV communication signal between AV
control unit and BOSE amp. is malfunc-
tioning.
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• AV COMM CIRCUIT • AV communication circuits between cam-
• DVD Deck Connection Error era control unit and NAVI control unit are AV communication circuits between cam-
• Amplifier Connection Error malfunctioning. era control unit and NAVI control unit.
• DVD Navi Unit Connection Error • AV communication signal between AV
control unit and NAVI control unit is mal-
functioning.
With rear control switch
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• AV communication circuits between mul-
• malfunction is detected in AV communi-
tifunction switch and rear control switch.
cation circuits between rear control
• AV communication circuits between rear
switch and camera control unit.
control switch and camera control unit.
• malfunction is detected in AV communi-
• AV COMM CIRCUIT cation circuits between camera control
• DVD Deck Connection Error unit and NAVI control unit.
• Amplifier Connection Error
• Rear view Camera connection Error Without rear control switch
• DVD Navi Unit Connection Error When either one of the following items is
detected:
• malfunction is detected in AV communi-
AV communication circuits between multi-
cation circuits between multifunction
function switch and camera control unit.
switch and camera control unit.
• malfunction is detected in AV communi-
cation circuits between camera control
unit and NAVI control unit.
When either one of the following items is
• AV COMM CIRCUIT detected:
• Switches Connection Error • AV communication circuits between AV
• DVD Deck Connection Error control unit and multifunction switch are AV communication circuits between AV
• Amplifier Connection Error malfunctioning. control unit and multifunction switch.
• DVD Navi Unit Connection Error • AV communication signal between AV
• Rear view Camera connection Error control unit and multifunction switch are
malfunctioning.
Camera Cont.
Refer to AV-419, "Diagnosis Description".
AV-432
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Vehicle CAN Diagnosis
• CAN communication status and error counter is displayed. A
• The error counter displays “OK” if any malfunction was not
detected in the past and displays “0” if a malfunction is detected. It
increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch
B
ON cycle. The upper limit of the counter is 39.
• The error counter is erased if reset.
C
Malfunction counter
Items Display (Current)
(Past)
Tx (HVAC) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
JSNIA1287GB D
Rx (ECM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
Rx (Cluster) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
Rx (BCM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39 E
Rx (HVAC) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
Rx (USM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
F
AV COMM Diagnosis
• Displays the communication status between AV control unit (mas-
ter unit) and each unit.
G
• The error counter displays “OK” if any malfunction was not
detected in the past and displays “0” if a malfunction is detected. It
increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch
ON cycle. The upper limit of the counter is 39. H
• If it resets, the error counter is erased.
Status Counter I
Items
(Current) (Past)
JSNIA1292GB
C Tx(ITM–SW) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(PrimarySW–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39 J
C Rx(RrSeatSW–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(Amp–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
K
C Rx(RearCamera–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(DVD–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(DVDNavi–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39 L
C Rx(AmpAudio–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
C Rx(DVDAudio–ITM) OK / UNKWN OK / 0 – 39
M
Delete Unit Connection Log
Deletes any unit connection records and error records from the AV
control unit memory. (Clear the records of the unit that has been AV
removed)
JSNIA0522GB
Initialize Settings
AV-433
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Initializes the AV control unit memory.
JSNIA0155GB
CONSULT-III FUNCTIONS
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via the communication with the AV control unit.
CAUTION:
Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF once after using CONSULT-III. (Navigation system may mal-
function if normally used when the ignition switch is not turned OFF after using CONSULT-III.)
AV COMMUNICATION
When “AV communication” of “CAN Diag Support Monitor” is selected, the following function will be performed.
Displays the communication status from AV control unit to each unit as well as the error
AV&NAVI C/U
AV communication counter.
AUDIO Displays the AV control unit communication status and the error counter.
ECU IDENTIFICATION
The part number of AV control unit is displayed.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
• In CONSULT-III self-diagnosis, self-diagnosis results and error history are displayed collectively.
• The timing is displayed as “0” if any of the error codes [U1000], [U1010], [U1300] and [U1310] is detected.
The counter increases by 1 if the condition is normal at the next ignition switch ON cycle.
Self-diagnosis Results Display Item
AV-434
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Error item Detection logic Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
A
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• display unit power supply and ground cir- • Display unit power supply and ground
cuits are malfunctioning. circuits. B
• serial communication circuits between Refer toAV-465, "DISPLAY UNIT : Diag-
FRONT DISP CONN [U1243]
display unit and AV control unit are mal- nosis Procedure".
functioning. • Serial communication circuits between
• serial communication signal between display unit and AV control unit C
display unit and AV control unit is mal-
functioning.
Camera connection recognition signal cir- D
Camera connection recognition signal cir-
CAMERA CONT. CONN [U1250] cuit.
cuit malfunction is detected.
Refer to AV-448, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Sound signal center speaker circuit is
CENTER SP OPEN [U1260] Check sound signal center speaker circuit. E
open.
Sound signal center speaker circuit is
CENTER SP SHORT [U1261] shorted between center speaker signal (+) Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
and center speaker signal (-). F
Sound signal center speaker circuit to
CENTER SP GND-SHORT [U1262] Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
ground is shorted.
Sound signal center speaker circuit to bat- G
CENTER SP VB-SHORT [U1263] Check sound signal center speaker circuit.
tery is shorted.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR-DOOR SP OPEN [U1264]
open. cuit. H
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is
Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR-DOOR SP SHORT [U1265] shorted between front speaker RH signal
cuit.
(+) and front speaker RH signal (-).
I
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker RH cir-
FR-DOOR SP GND-SHORT [U1266]
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker RH cir- J
FR-DOOR SP VB-SHORT [U1267]
battery is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER OPEN [U1268] Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
open.
K
Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER SHORT [U1269] shorted between rear speaker LH signal (+) Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
and rear speaker LH signal (-).
L
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER GND-SHORT Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to
Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
[U126A] ground is shorted.
Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to bat-
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER VB-SHORT [U126B] Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit. M
tery is shorted.
RR-SURROUND SP OPEN [U126C] Sound signal woofer RH circuit is open. Check sound signal woofer RH circuit.
Sound signal woofer RH circuit is shorted
RR-SURROUND SP SHORT [U126D] between woofer RH signal (+) and woofer Check sound signal woofer RH circuit.
AV
RH signal (-).
RR-SURROUND SP GND-SHORT Sound signal woofer RH circuit to ground is
Check sound signal woofer RH circuit. O
[U126E] shorted.
Sound signal woofer RH circuit to battery is
RR-SURROUND SP VB-SHORT [U126F] Check sound signal woofer RH circuit.
shorted.
RL-SURROUND SP OPEN [U1274] Sound signal woofer LH circuit is open. Check sound signal woofer LH circuit. P
Sound signal woofer LH circuit is shorted
RL-SURROUND SP SHORT [U1275] between woofer LH signal (+) and woofer Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
LH signal (-).
Sound signal woofer LH circuit to ground is
RL-SURROUND SP GND-SHORT [U1276] Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
shorted.
AV-435
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Error item Detection logic Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
Sound signal woofer LH circuit to battery is
RL-SURROUND SP VB-SHORT [U1277] Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
shorted.
Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER OPEN [U1278] Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
open.
Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER SHORT [U1279] shorted between rear speaker LH signal (+) Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
and rear speaker LH signal (-).
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER GND-SHORT Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to
Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
[U127A] ground is shorted.
Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to bat-
RL-SP/FL-WOOFER VB-SHORT [U127B] Check sound signal rear speaker LH circuit.
tery is shorted.
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL-DOOR SP OPEN [U127C]
open. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is
Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL-DOOR SP SHORT [U127D] shorted between front speaker LH signal
cuit.
(+) and front speaker LH signal (-).
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL-DOOR SP GND-SHORT [U127E]
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to Check sound signal front speaker LH cir-
FL-DOOR SP VB-SHORT [U127F]
battery is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit is Check sound signal front squawker RH cir-
FR-TWEETER OPEN [U1294]
open. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit is
Check sound signal front squawker RH cir-
FR-TWEETER SHORT [U1295] shorted between front squawker RH signal
cuit.
(+) and front squawker RH signal (-).
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit to Check sound signal front squawker RH cir-
FR-TWEETER GND-SHORT [U1296]
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit to Check sound signal front squawker RH cir-
FR-TWEETER VB-SHORT [U1297]
battery is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit is Check sound signal front squawker LH cir-
FL-TWEETER OPEN [U1298]
open. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit is
Check sound signal front squawker LH cir-
FL-TWEETER SHORT [U1299] shorted between front squawker LH signal
cuit.
(+) and front squawker LH signal (-).
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit to Check sound signal front squawker LH cir-
FL-TWEETER GND-SHORT [U129A]
ground is shorted. cuit.
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit to Check sound signal front squawker LH cir-
FL-TWEETER VB-SHORT [U129B]
battery is shorted. cuit.
GPS antenna connection malfunction is de- GPS antenna.
GPS ANTENNA CONN [U12A0]
tected. Refer to AV-459, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Replace the NAVI control unit.
NAVI INTERNAL ERR [U12A1] NAVI control unit malfunction is detected. Refer to AV-649, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
TEL antenna connection malfunction is de- TEL antenna.
BT ANTENNA CONN [U12A2]
tected. Refer to AV-461, "Diagnosis Procedure".
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• multifunction switch power supply and • Multifunction switch power supply and
ground circuits are malfunctioning. ground circuits.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] • AV communication circuits between AV Refer to AV-466, "MULTIFUNCTION
• SWITCH CONN [U1240] control unit and multifunction switch are SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure".
malfunctioning. • AV communication circuits between AV
• AV communication signal between AV control unit and multifunction switch.
control unit and multifunction switch is
malfunctioning.
AV-436
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Error item Detection logic Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
A
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• DVD player power supply and ground cir- • DVD player power supply and ground cir-
cuits are malfunctioning. cuits. B
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] • AV communication circuits between Refer to AV-468, "DVD PLAYER : Diag-
• DVD DECK CONN [U1248] BOSE amp. and DVD player are mal- nosis Procedure".
functioning. • AV communication circuits between
• AV communication signal between AV BOSE amp. and DVD player. C
control unit and DVD player is malfunc-
tioning.
When either one of the following items is D
detected:
BOSE amp. power supply and ground cir-
• BOSE amp. power supply and ground
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] cuits.
circuits are malfunctioning.
• AMP CONN [U124E] Refer to AV-466, "BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis
• AV communication signal between AV E
Procedure".
control unit and BOSE amp. is malfunc-
tioning
When either one of the following items is
F
detected:
Camera control unit power supply and
• camera control unit power supply and
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] ground circuits.
ground circuits are malfunctioning.
• REAR-CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] Refer to AV-467, "CAMERA CONTROL
• AV communication signal between AV G
UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
control unit and camera control unit is
malfunctioning.
NAVI control unit power supply and ground
H
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] NAVI control unit power supply and ground circuits.
• DVD NAVI CONN [U125D] circuits are malfunctioning. Refer to AV-464, "NAVI CONTROL UNIT :
Diagnosis Procedure".
When either one of the following items is I
detected:
• AV communication circuits between
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
NAVI control unit and BOSE amp is mal- AV communication circuits between NAVI
• DVD DECK CONN [U1248] J
functioning. control unit and BOSE amp.
• AMP CONN [U124E]
• AV communication signal between AV
control unit and BOSE amp. is maifunc-
tioning.
K
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] • AV communication circuits between cam-
• DVD DECK CONN [U1248] era control unit and NAVI control unit is AV communication circuits between cam- L
• AMP CONN [U124E] malfunctioning. era control unit and NAVI control unit.
• DVD NAVI CONN [U125D] • AV communication signal between AV
control unit and NAVI control unit is mal-
functioning.
M
AV
AV-437
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Error item Detection logic Possible malfunction factor/Action to take
With rear control switch
When either one of the following items is
detected:
• AV communication circuits between mul-
• malfunction is detected in AV communi-
tifunction switch and rear control switch.
cation circuits between rear control
• AV communication circuits between rear
switch and camera control unit.
control switch and camera control unit.
• malfunction is detected in AV communi-
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] cation circuits between camera control
• DVD DECK CONN [U1248] unit and NAVI control unit.
• AMP CONN [U124E]
• REAR-CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] Without rear control switch
• DVD NAVI CONN [U125D] When either one of the following items is
detected:
• malfunction is detected in AV communi-
AV communication circuits between multi-
cation circuits between multifunction
function switch and camera control unit.
switch and camera control unit.
• malfunction is detected in AV communi-
cation circuits between camera control
unit and NAVI control unit.
When either one of the following items is
• AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] detected:
• SWITCH CONN [U1240] • AV communication circuits between AV
• DVD DECK CONN [U1248] control unit and multifunction switch are AV communication circuits between AV
• AMP CONN [U124E] malfunctioning. control unit and multifunction switch.
• REAR-CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252] • AV communication signal between AV
• DVD NAVI CONN [U125D] control unit and multifunction switch is
malfunctioning.
DATA MONITOR
ALL SIGNALS
• Displays the status of the following vehicle signals inputted to the AV control unit.
• For each signal, actual signal can be compared with the condition recognized on the system.
Dis-
Display Item Vehicle status Remarks
play
On Vehicle speed >0 km/h (0 MPH)
VHCL SPD SIG
Off Vehicle speed =0 km/h (0 MPH) Changes in indication may be delayed. This is nor-
On Parking brake is applied. mal.
PKB SIG
Off Parking brake is released.
On Light switch ON.
ILLUM SIG
Off Light switch OFF.
—
On Ignition switch ON.
IGN SIG
Off Ignition switch in ACC position.
On Selector lever in R position.
Changes in indication may be delayed. This is nor-
REV SIG Selector lever in any position other
Off mal.
than R.
AV-438
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (AV CONTROL UNIT)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
AV-439
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765851
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN-H, CAN-L) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each
control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
CAN Communication Signal Chart. Refer to LAN-22, "CAN Communication Signal Chart".
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003765852
AV-440
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765854
AV
AV-441
U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1310 AV CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765857
Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-648, "Removal and Installation".
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
CONTROL UNIT (AV) AV communication circuit initial diagnosis malfunction is
U1310 Replace AV control unit.
[U1310] detected.
AV-442
U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1200 AV CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003820986
Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-648, "Removal and Installation". B
G
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
Display contents of
DTC Detection Condition Action to take
H
CONSULT-III
Cont Unit
U1200 FLASH- ROM AV control unit malfunction is detected. (FLASH-ROM). Replace AV control unit.
I
[U1200]
AV
AV-443
U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1216 AV CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000003820987
Replace the AV control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-648, "Removal and Installation".
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
CAN CONT Internal malfunction of AV control unit (CAN controller) is
U1216 Replace AV control unit.
[U1216] detected.
AV-444
U1231 BOSE AMP.
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1231 BOSE AMP.
A
Description INFOID:0000000003900426
Replace the BOSE amp. if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-657, "Removal and Installation". B
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III E
AMP TEMP
U1231 Internal malfunction of BOSE amp. is detected. Replace BOSE amp.
[U1231]
AV
AV-445
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765863
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
When either one of the following items is detected:
• display unit power supply and ground circuits are mal- • Display unit power supply and
functioning. ground circuits.
FRONT DISP CONN
U1243 • serial communication circuits between display unit and • Serial communication circuits be-
[U1243]
AV control unit are malfunctioning. tween display unit and AV control
• serial communication signal between display unit and unit
AV control unit is malfunctioning.
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals
Ground
11
M49 Not existed
22
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
AV-446
U1243 DISPLAY UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value C
Connector Terminal
PKIB5039J
F
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
G
4.CHECK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope.
H
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
I
Connector Terminal
J
When adjusting display bright-
M49 22 Ground
ness.
K
PKIB5039J
AV
AV-447
U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000003821336
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
CAMERA CONT. CONN Malfunction is detected in camera connection recogni- Camera connection recognition sig-
U1250
[U1250] tion signal circuit. nal circuit.
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals Ground
M130 68 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE
1. Connect AV control unit connector and camera control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between AV control unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope.
(+)
Voltage
AV control unit (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Connected camera
0V
control unit connector
M130 68 Ground
Disconnect camera
5V
control unit connector
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace AV control unit.
AV-448
U1250 CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
A
AV
AV-449
U1260, U1261, U1262, U1263 CENTER SPEAKER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1260, U1261, U1262, U1263 CENTER SPEAKER
Description INFOID:0000000003900582
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
CENTER SP OPEN Check sound signal center speaker
U1260 Sound signal center speaker circuit is open.
[U1260] circuit.
CENTER SP SHORT Sound signal center speaker circuit is shorted between Check sound signal center speaker
U1261
[U1261] center speaker signal (+) and center speaker signal (-). circuit.
CENTER SP GND- Check sound signal center speaker
U1262 Sound signal center speaker circuit to ground is shorted.
SHORT [U1262] circuit.
CENTER SP VB- Check sound signal center speaker
U1263 Sound signal center speaker circuit to battery is shorted.
SHORT [U1263] circuit.
AV-450
U1264, U1265, U1266, U1267 FRONT RIGHT DOOR SPEAKER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1264, U1265, U1266, U1267 FRONT RIGHT DOOR SPEAKER
A
Description INFOID:0000000003900702
B
Part name Description
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
FRONT RIGHT DOOR SPEAKER
• Outputs sound (mid and low range).
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003900703
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes E
CONSULT-III
FR-DOOR SP OPEN Check sound signal front speaker RH
U1264 Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is open.
[U1264] circuit.
Sound signal front speaker RH circuit is shorted between F
FR-DOOR SP SHORT Check sound signal front speaker RH
U1265 front speaker RH signal (+) and front speaker RH signal (-
[U1265] circuit.
).
U1266
FR-DOOR SP GND- Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to ground is short- Check sound signal front speaker RH G
SHORT [U1266] ed. circuit.
FR-DOOR SP VB- Sound signal front speaker RH circuit to battery is short- Check sound signal front speaker RH
U1267
SHORT [U1267] ed. circuit. H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003900704
AV
AV-451
U1268, U1269, U126A, U126B REAR RIGHT DOOR SPEAKER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1268, U1269, U126A, U126B REAR RIGHT DOOR SPEAKER
Description INFOID:0000000003900739
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER Check sound signal rear speaker LH
U1268 Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is open.
OPEN [U1268] circuit.
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is shorted between Check sound signal rear speaker LH
U1269
SHORT [U1269] rear speaker LH signal (+) and rear speaker LH signal (-). circuit.
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER Check sound signal rear speaker LH
U126A Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to ground is shorted.
GND- SHORT [U126A] circuit.
RR-SP/FR-WOOFER Check sound signal rear speaker LH
U126B Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to battery is shorted.
VB-SHORT [U126B] circuit.
AV-452
U126C, U126D, U126E, U126F REAR RIGHT SQUAWKER/ RIGHT WOOFER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U126C, U126D, U126E, U126F REAR RIGHT SQUAWKER/ RIGHT WOOF-
A
ER
Description INFOID:0000000003901239
B
E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes F
CONSULT-III
RR-SURROUND SP Check sound signal woofer RH cir-
U126C Sound signal woofer RH circuit is open.
OPEN [U126C] cuit.
G
RR-SURROUND SP Sound signal woofer RH circuit is shorted between woofer Check sound signal woofer RH cir-
U126D
SHORT [U12D1] RH signal (+) and woofer RH signal (-). cuit.
RR-SURROUND SP Check sound signal woofer RH cir-
U126E
GND- SHORT [U126E]
Sound signal woofer RH circuit to ground is shorted.
cuit.
H
AV
AV-453
U1274, U1275, U1276, U1277 REAR LEFT SQUAWKER/LEFT WOOFER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1274, U1275, U1276, U1277 REAR LEFT SQUAWKER/LEFT WOOFER
Description INFOID:0000000003901443
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
RL-SURROUND SP
U1274 Sound signal woofer LH circuit is open. Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
OPEN [U1274]
RL-SURROUND SP Sound signal woofer LH circuit is shorted between woofer
U1275 Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
SHORT [U1275] LH signal (+) and woofer LH signal (-).
RL-SURROUND SP
U1276 Sound signal woofer LH circuit to ground is shorted. Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
GND- SHORT [U1276]
RL-SURROUND SP
U1277 Sound signal woofer LH circuit to battery is shorted. Check sound signal woofer LH circuit.
VB-SHORT [U1277]
AV-454
U1278, U1279, U127A, U127B REAR LEFT DOOR SPEAKER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1278, U1279, U127A, U127B REAR LEFT DOOR SPEAKER
A
Description INFOID:0000000003901450
B
Part name Description
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
REAR LEFT DOOR SPEAKER
• Outputs sound (mid and low range).
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003901451
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes E
CONSULT-III
RL- SP/FL-WOOFER Check sound signal rear speaker LH
U1278 Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is open.
OPEN [U1278] circuit.
RL- SP/FL-WOOFER Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit is shorted between Check sound signal rear speaker LH F
U1279
SHORT [U1279] rear speaker LH signal (+) and rear speaker LH signal (-). circuit.
RL- SP/FL-WOOFER Check sound signal rear speaker LH
U127A Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to ground is shorted.
GND- SHORT [U127A] circuit. G
RL- SP/FL-WOOFER Check sound signal rear speaker LH
U127B Sound signal rear speaker LH circuit to battery is shorted.
VB-SHORT [U127B] circuit.
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901452
AV
AV-455
U127C, U127D, U127E, U127F FRONT LEFT DOOR SPEAKER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U127C, U127D, U127E, U127F FRONT LEFT DOOR SPEAKER
Description INFOID:0000000003901474
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
FL- DOOR SP OPEN Check sound signal front speaker LH
U127C Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is open.
[U127C] circuit.
FL- DOOR SP SHORT Sound signal front speaker LH circuit is shorted between Check sound signal front speaker LH
U127D
[U127D] front speaker LH signal (+) and front speaker LH signal (-). circuit.
FL- DOOR SP GND- Check sound signal front speaker LH
U127E Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to ground is shorted.
SHORT [U127E] circuit.
FL- DOOR SP VB- Check sound signal front speaker LH
U127F Sound signal front speaker LH circuit to battery is shorted.
SHORT [U127F] circuit.
AV-456
U1294, U1295, U1296, U1297 FRONT RIGHT SQUAWKER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1294, U1295, U1296, U1297 FRONT RIGHT SQUAWKER
A
Description INFOID:0000000003901488
B
Part name Description
• Outputs sound signal from BOSE amp.
FRONT RIGHT SQUAWKER
• Outputs sound (high and mid range).
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003901489
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes E
CONSULT-III
FR-TWEETER OPEN Check sound signal front squawker
U1294 Sound signal front squawker RH circuit is open.
[U1294] RH circuit.
Sound signal front squawker RH circuit is shorted be- F
FR-TWEETER SHORT Check sound signal front squawker
U1295 tween front squawker RH signal (+) and front squawker
[U1295] RH circuit.
RH signal (-).
U1296
FR-TWEETER GND- Sound signal front squawker RH circuit to ground is short- Check sound signal front squawker G
SHORT [U1296] ed. RH circuit.
FR-TWEETER VB- Sound signal front squawker RH circuit to battery is short- Check sound signal front squawker
U1297
SHORT [U1297] ed. RH circuit. H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003901490
AV
AV-457
U1298, U1299, U129A, U129B FRONT LEFT SQUAWKER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1298, U1299, U129A, U129B FRONT LEFT SQUAWKER
Description INFOID:0000000003901535
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
FR-TWEETER OPEN Check sound signal front squawker
U1298 Sound signal front squawker LH circuit is open.
[U1298] LH circuit.
Sound signal front squawker LH circuit is shorted between
FR-TWEETER SHORT Check sound signal front squawker
U1299 front squawker LH signal (+) and front squawker LH signal
[U1299] LH circuit.
(-).
FR-TWEETER GND- Sound signal front squawker LH circuit to ground is short- Check sound signal front squawker
U129A
SHORT [U129A] ed. LH circuit.
FR-TWEETER VB- Sound signal front squawker LH circuit to battery is short- Check sound signal front squawker
U129B
SHORT [U129B] ed. LH circuit.
AV-458
U12A0 GPS ANTENNA
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U12A0 GPS ANTENNA
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765866
B
Part name Description
GPS ANTENNA GPS signal is received and transmitted to NAVI control unit.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003765867
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
E
GPS ANTENNA CONN
U12A0 GPS antenna connection malfunction is detected. GPS antenna.
[U12A0]
AV
AV-459
U12A1 NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U12A1 NAVI CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765869
Replace the NAVI control unit if this DTC is displayed. Refer to AV-649, "Removal and Installation".
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Action to take
CONSULT-III
NAVI INTERNAL ERR
U12A1 NAVI control unit malfunction is detected. Replace the NAVI control unit.
[U12A1]
AV-460
U12A2 TEL ANTENNA
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U12A2 TEL ANTENNA
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765871
B
Part name Description
TEL ANTENNA TEL voice signal is received and transmitted to NAVI control unit.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003765872
Display contents of
DTC DTC Detection Condition Possible causes
CONSULT-III
E
BT ANTENNA CONN
U12A2 TEL antenna connection malfunction is detected. TEL antenna
[U12A2]
AV
AV-461
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765874
U1300 is indicated when malfunction occurs in communication signal of multi AV system. Indicated simulta-
neously, without fail, with the malfunction of control units connected to AV control unit with communication line.
Determine the possible malfunction cause from the table below.
Self-diagnosis results display item
AV-462
U1300 AV COMM CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Display contents of Possible malfunction factor/Action to
DTC Description
CONSULT-III take A
With rear control switch • AV communication circuits be-
When either one of the following items is detected: tween multifunction switch and rear
• AV COMM CIRCUIT • malfunction is detected in AV communication circuits control switch. B
[U1300] between rear control switch and camera control unit. • AV communication circuits be-
U1300 • DVD DECK CONN • malfunction is detected in AV communication circuits tween rear control switch and cam-
U1248 [U1248] between camera control unit and NAVI control unit. era control unit.
U124E • AMP CONN [U124E] C
U1252 • REAR-CAMERA LAN Without rear control switch
U125D CONN [U1252] When either one of the following items is detected:
AV communication circuits between
• DVD NAVI CONN • malfunction is detected in AV communication circuits
multifunction switch and camera con-
[U125D] between multifunction switch and camera control unit. D
trol unit.
• malfunction is detected in AV communication circuits
between camera control unit and NAVI control unit.
• AV COMM CIRCUIT
[U1300] E
• SWITCH CONN
U1300
[U1240] When either one of the following items is detected:
U1240
• DVD DECK CONN • AV communication circuits between AV control unit and AV communication circuits between
U1248 F
[U1248] multifunction switch are malfunctioning. AV control unit and multifunction
U124E
• AMP CONN [U124E] • AV communication signal between AV control unit and switch.
U1252
• REAR-CAMERA LAN multifunction switch is malfunctioning.
U125D
CONN [U1252] G
• DVD NAVI CONN
[U125D]
AV
AV-463
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
AV CONTROL UNIT
AV CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765895
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.)
Battery power supply 19 OFF
M127
ACC power supply 7 ACC Battery voltage
Ignition signal M131 104 ON
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between AV control unit and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV control unit connectors.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connectors and ground.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
M127 20
Ground OFF Existed
M131 85
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
NAVI CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765896
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
AV-464
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.)
B
Battery power supply 1 OFF
B254 Battery voltage
ACC power supply 3 ACC
Is inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between NAVI control unit and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT D
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
F
Ground B254 2 OFF Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
DISPLAY UNIT
H
DISPLAY UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765897
1.CHECK FUSE I
Check for blown fuses.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
1
Ground M49 OFF Existed
13
AV-465
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765898
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.)
ACC power supply M125 3 ACC Battery voltage
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between multifunction switch and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect multifunction switch connector.
3. Check continuity between multifunction switch harness connector and ground.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
Ground M125 1 OFF Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
BOSE AMP.
BOSE AMP. : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765899
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
AV-466
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.) A
10
Battery power supply B224 OFF
11 Battery voltage
ACC power supply B225 20 ACC
B
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses. I
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.) M
Battery power supply 32 OFF
B251 Battery voltage
ACC power supply 30 ACC
AV
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between camera control unit and fuse. O
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector. P
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
Ground B251 31 OFF Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
AV-467
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
DVD PLAYER
DVD PLAYER : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003794711
1.CHECK FUSE
Check for blown fuses.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Voltage (Approx.)
Battery power supply 2 OFF
M254 Battery voltage
ACC power supply 4 ACC
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check harness between DVD player and fuse.
3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect DVD player connectors.
3. Check continuity between DVD player harness connectors and ground.
Signal name Connector No. Terminal No. Ignition switch position Continuity
Ground M254 1 OFF Existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
AV-468
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765902
Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit with RGB signal to the display unit. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765903
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground G
M49 17 Not existed
Is inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL I
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope. J
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value K
Connector Terminal
L
Start Confirmation / Adjustment
mode, and then display color bar
M49 17 Ground
by selecting “Color Spectrum Bar” M
on DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS screen.
SKIB2238J
AV
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit. O
AV-469
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY
UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000003765904
Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit or NAVI control unit with RGB signal to the display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765905
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M49 6 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope.
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
SKIB2236J
AV-470
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765906
Transmit the image displayed with AV control unit or NAVI control unit with RGB signal to the display unit. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765907
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground G
M49 18 Not existed
Is inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL I
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope. J
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value K
Connector Terminal
L
Start Confirmation / Adjustment
mode, and then display color bar
M49 18 Ground
by selecting “Color Spectrum Bar” M
on DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS screen.
SKIB2237J
AV
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace display unit.
NO >> Replace AV control unit. O
AV-471
RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY
UNIT)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DIS-
PLAY UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000003765908
Transmit the RGB synchronizing signal to the display unit so as to synchronize the RGB image displayed with
AV control unit or NAVI control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765909
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M49 19 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope.
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
M49 19 Ground —
SKIB3603E
AV-472
RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765910
Transmits the display area of RGB image displayed by AV control unit or NAVI control unit with RGB area (YS) B
signal to display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765911
C
1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB AREA (YS) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect display unit connector and AV control unit connector. D
3. Check continuity between display unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.
Display unit G
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M49 9 Not existed
H
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
I
2.CHECK RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. J
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope.
(+) K
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
L
When RGB image is displayed. Approx. 5 V
M
M49 9 Ground
When AUX image is displayed.
AV
PKIB4948J
AV-473
HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765912
In composite image (AUX image, camera image), transmit the vertical synchronizing (VP) signal and horizon-
tal synchronizing (HP) signal from display unit to AV control unit so as to synchronize the RGB images dis-
played with AV control unit such as the image quality adjusting menu, etc.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765913
Display unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M49 8 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK HORIZONTAL SYNCHRONIZING (HP) SIGNAL
1. Connect display unit connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between display unit harness connector terminal and ground using an oscilloscope.
(+)
Display unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
M49 8 Ground —
SKIB3601E
AV-474
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
VERTICAL SYNCHRONIZING (VP) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765914
In composite image (AUX image, camera image), transmit the vertical synchronizing (VP) signal and horizon- B
tal synchronizing (HP) signal from display unit to AV control unit so as to synchronize the RGB images dis-
played with AV control unit such as the image quality adjusting menu, etc.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765915 C
M
M49 20 Ground —
AV
SKIB3598E
AV-475
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (NAVI CONTROL UNIT TO AV CONTROL UNIT)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
RGB (R: RED) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (NAVI CONTROL UNIT TO AV CONTROL
UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000003765916
Transmit the image displayed with NAVI control unit with RGB signal to the AV control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765917
(+)
NAVI control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
SKIB2238J
AV-476
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (NAVI CONTROL UNIT TO AV CONTROL
UNIT)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (NAVI CONTROL UNIT TO AV CON-
A
TROL UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000003765918
B
Transmit the image displayed with NAVI control unit with RGB signal to the AV control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765919
C
1.CHECK CONTINUITY RGB (G: GREEN) SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect NAVI control unit connector and AV control unit connector.
3. Check continuity between NAVI control unit harness connector and AV control unit harness connector.
E
NAVI control unit AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B255 20 M130 71 Existed F
4. Check continuity between NAVI control unit harness connector and ground.
K
(+)
NAVI control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal L
AV-477
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (NAVI CONTROL UNIT TO AV CONTROL
UNIT)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
RGB (B: BLUE) SIGNAL CIRCUIT (NAVI CONTROL UNIT TO AV CONTROL
UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000003765920
Transmit the image displayed with NAVI control unit with RGB signal to the AV control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765921
(+)
NAVI control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
SKIB2237J
AV-478
RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT (NAVI CONTROL UNIT TO AV CON-
TROL UNIT)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
RGB SYNCHRONIZING SIGNAL CIRCUIT (NAVI CONTROL UNIT TO AV
A
CONTROL UNIT)
Description INFOID:0000000003765922
B
Transmit the RGB synchronizing signal to the AV control unit so as to synchronize the RGB image displayed
with NAVI control unit.
C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765923
B255 23 Ground —
AV
SKIB3603E
AV-479
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AUX IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765924
Transmits the image signal of external device from auxiliary input jacks to AV control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765925
(+) (−)
Auxiliary input jacks Auxiliary input jacks Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
SKIB2251J
AV-480
DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
DISK EJECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765926
The eject signal is output to AV control unit when the eject switch of multifunction switch is pressed. B
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765927
Multifunction switch
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground G
M125 14 Not existed
Is inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE I
1. Connect multifunction switch connector and AV control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector and ground. J
(+)
AV control unit (−) Condition Reference value K
Connector Terminal
Pressing the eject switch. 0V
M131 103 Ground L
Except for above. 3.3 V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace preset switch. M
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
AV
AV-481
MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765928
Supply power from NAVI control unit to microphone. The microphone transmits the sound voice to the NAVI
control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765929
(+) (−)
Voltage
NAVI control unit NAVI control unit
(Approx.)
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
B255 39 B255 42 5V
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace NAVI control unit.
3.CHECK MICROPHONE SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect microphone connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check signal between NAVI control unit harness connector using an oscilloscope.
AV-482
MICROPHONE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
(+) (−) A
NAVI control unit NAVI control unit Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
B
C
B255 41 B255 42 Give a voice.
D
PKIB5037J
AV
AV-483
REAR VIEW CAMERA POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
REAR VIEW CAMERA POWER SUPPLY
Description INFOID:0000000003821352
• Camera control unit outputs camera ON signal to rear view camera and inputs rear view camera image sig-
nal from rear view camera when the reverse signal is input.
• The camera control unit that inputs the camera image signal transmits the camera image signal to the AV
control unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003821353
(+)
Voltage
Camera control unit (−) Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Selector le-
ver in R posi- 6.0 V
tion.
B251 8 Ground Other than
selector le-
0V
ver in R posi-
tion.
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace rear view camera.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
AV-484
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765932
• Camera control unit outputs camera ON signal to rear view camera and inputs rear view camera image sig- B
nal from rear view camera when the reverse signal is input.
• The camera control unit that inputs the camera image signal transmits the camera image signal to the AV
control unit.
C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765933
(+) L
Camera control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
M
B251 12 Ground
When rear view camera AV
image is displayed.
SKIB2251J
O
AV-485
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000003765934
AV control unit that inputs the camera image signal and AUX image signal transmits the composite image sig-
nal to the display unit.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765935
1.CHECK CONTINUITY COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect AV control unit connector and display unit connector.
3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector and display unit harness connector.
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
M129 36 Not existed
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK COMPOSITE IMAGE SIGNAL (AV CONTROL UNIT TO DISPLAY UNIT)
1. Connect AV control unit connector and display unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check signal between AV control unit harness connector using an oscilloscope.
(+) (−)
AV control unit Condition Reference value
Connector Terminal
Ground
When AUX or camera image is dis-
M129 36
played.
SKIB2251J
AV-486
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765936
• Steering angle sensor signal 1, 2 detects the turning direction and quantity of the steering and transmits it to B
the camera control unit.
• Steering angle sensor signal 3 detects the neutral position of the steering and transmits it to the camera con-
trol unit.
• Camera control unit performs the correction of neutral position with sensor signal 1, 2, 3 and vehicle speed C
signal.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003765937
D
1.CHECK CONTINUITY STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect camera control unit connector and steering angle sensor connector.
3. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and steering angle sensor harness con-
nector.
F
Camera control unit Steering angle sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminals Connector Terminals
G
23 3
B251 24 M30 6 Existed
25 8 H
4. Check continuity between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
I
Camera control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminals
23 Ground J
B251 24 Not existed
25
K
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
L
2.CHECK SIGNAL SENSOR SIGNAL
1. Connect camera control unit connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. M
3. Check voltage between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
(+) AV
Voltage
Camera control unit
(−) (Approx.)
Connector Terminals
O
23
B251 24 Ground 5.0 V
25 P
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace camera control unit.
3.CHECK SIGNAL SENSOR SIGNAL
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect steering angle sensor connector.
AV-487
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check signal between camera control unit harness connector and ground.
(+)
Camera control unit (−) Condition Reference value
Connector Terminals
SKIB3827E
A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2
23, 24 Ground
SKIB3828E
A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2
SKIB3829E
A: Sensor signal 3
B: Sensor signal 1
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering angle sensor.
AV-488
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765938
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground G
M127 6 Not existed
Is inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE I
Check spiral cable.
Is inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace spiral cable.
3.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE K
1. Connect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector. L
(+) (−)
Voltage
AV control unit AV control unit M
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M127 6 M127 15 3.5 V
AV
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
O
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-490, "Component Inspection". P
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
AV-489
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL A CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003765940
JSNIA0502GB
Standard
Steering switch
Resistance
Con- Termi- Con- Termi- Condition
Ω
nector nal nector nal
ENTER switch ON 1983 – 2063
AV-490
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765941
AV control unit
Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground G
M127 16 Not existed
Is inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
2.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE I
Check spiral cable.
Is inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace spiral cable.
3.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT VOLTAGE K
1. Connect AV control unit connector and spiral cable connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector. L
(+) (−)
Voltage
AV control unit AV control unit M
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M127 16 M127 15 3.5 V
AV
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
O
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check steering switch. Refer to AV-492, "Component Inspection". P
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
AV-491
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL B CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003765943
JSNIA0502GB
Standard
Steering switch
Resistance
Con- Termi- Con- Termi- Condition
Ω
nector nal nector nal
ENTER switch ON 1983 – 2063
AV-492
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765944
AV control unit
Continuity K
Connector Terminal Ground
M127 15 Existed
Is inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace AV control unit.
4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH M
Check steering switch. Refer to AV-494, "Component Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
AV
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace steering switch.
AV-493
STEERING SWITCH SIGNAL GND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003765946
JSNIA0502GB
Standard
Steering switch
Resistance
Con- Termi- Con- Termi- Condition
Ω
nector nal nector nal
ENTER switch ON 1983 – 2063
AV-494
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
ECU DIAGNOSIS A
AV CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000003765966
B
K
JPNIA1093ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
L
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.) M
+ – Signal name
Output
Keep pressing SOURCE
0V
switch. AV
Keep pressing switch. 0.8 V
Ignition Keep pressing switch. 1.5 V
6 15
(W/G) (L/B)
Steering switch signal A Input switch O
ON Keep pressing switch. 2.1 V
AV-495
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
15 Steering switch signal
Ground — switch — 0V
(L/B) ground
ON
Keep pressing VOL DOWN
0V
switch.
Keep pressing VOL UP
Ignition 0.8 V
16 15 switch.
Steering switch signal B Input switch
(GR/L) (L/B) 1.5 V
ON Keep pressing switch.
Ignition
36 When camera image or
Ground Composite image signal Output switch
(B) AUX image is displayed.
ON
SKIB2251J
Ignition
37
Ground Composite image ground — switch — 0V
(W)
ON
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
38 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB image signal (B: blue) Output switch
(B) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2237J
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
39 RGB image signal (G: play color bar by selecting
Ground Output switch
(R) green) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2236J
AV-496
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
40 play color bar by selecting C
Ground RGB image signal (R: red) Output switch
(W) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2238J D
E
Ignition
41
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Output switch —
(G)
ON
F
SKIB3603E
—Igni-
tion G
42 Ground RGB synchronizing ground — — 0V
switch
ON
When RGB image is dis- H
5.0 V
played.
Ignition I
43
Ground RGB area (YS) signal Output switch
(B) When camera image or
ON
AUX image is displayed.
J
PKIB4948J
Ignition
44 Communication signal When adjusting display L
Ground Input switch
(G) (DISP→CONT) brightness.
ON
PKIB5039J
M
AV
Ignition
45 Horizontal synchronizing
Ground Input switch —
(W) (HP) signal
ON
O
SKIB3601E
49 — Shield — — — —
P
—Igni-
tion
50 Ground RGB ground — — 0V
switch
ON
55 Ground Shield — — — —
AV-497
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
56 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Output switch
(R) (CONT→DISP) brightness.
ON
PKIB5039J
Ignition
57 Vertical synchronizing (VP)
Ground Input switch —
(R) signal
ON
SKIB3598E
Ignition
60
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Input switch —
(O)
ON
SKIB3603E
Ignition
RGB synchronizing signal
61 Ground — switch — 0V
ground
ON
Start confirmation/adjust-
Ignition ment mode, and then dis-
62
Ground RGB image signal (B: blue) Input switch play color bar by selecting
(W)
ON “Color Spectrum Bar” on
Navigation/Phone screen.
SKIB2237J
Start confirmation/adjust-
Ignition ment mode, and then dis-
63
Ground RGB image signal (R: red) Input switch play color bar by selecting
(R)
ON “Color Spectrum Bar” on
Navigation/Phone screen.
SKIB2238J
Ignition
64 Ground camera image ground — switch — 0V
ON
Ignition
65 When camera image is dis-
Ground Camera image signal Input switch
(Y) played.
ON
SKIB2251J
AV-498
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
Ignition
66 Composite (DVD and AUX) When AUX image is dis- C
Ground Input switch
(V) image signal played.
ON
SKIB2251J D
Connected to camera con-
Ignition 0V
68 Camera connection recog- trol unit connector
Ground Input switch E
(W) nition signal Not connected to camera
ON 5V
control unit connector
Ignition
70
Ground RGB ground — switch — 0V F
(B)
ON
G
Start confirmation/adjust-
Ignition ment mode, and then dis-
71 RGB image signal (G:
Ground Input switch play color bar by selecting
(G) green)
ON “Color Spectrum Bar” on H
Navigation/Phone screen.
SKIB2236J
L
Ignition
80 79
TEL voice signal Input switch TEL voice output.
(B) (W)
ON
M
SKIB1990E
Ignition O
83 82 Stereo (DVD and AUX) DVD sound signal or AUX
Input switch
(R) (W) sound signal RH sound signal input
ON
P
SKIB3609E
AV-499
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
86 Input/
— CAN–H — — —
(L) Output
87 Input/
— CAN–L — — —
(P) Output
88 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(W) (H) Output
89 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(B) (L) Output
90 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(L) (H) Output
91 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(R) (L) Output
Ignition
99 98 Stereo (DVD and AUX) DVD sound signal or AUX
Input switch
(B) (G) sound signal LH sound input.
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
102 101
Voice guidance signal Input switch Voice guidance output.
(L) (P)
ON
SKIB1990E
JSNIA0012GB
AV-500
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
Ignition
109 115 Stereo sound signal front C
Output switch Sound output.
(W) (B) RH
ON
SKIB3609E D
111 — Shield — — — —
Ignition
112 118
Voice guidance signal Output switch Voice guidance output.
(BR) (Y) F
ON
SKIB1990E
G
Ignition H
113 119 Stereo sound signal front
Output switch Sound output.
(W) (B) LH
ON
I
SKIB3609E
AV
AV-501
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Wiring Diagram — BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM — INFOID:0000000003971962
JCNWM0897GB
AV-502
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0898GB
AV-503
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0899GB
AV-504
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0900GB
AV-505
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0901GB
AV-506
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0902GB
AV-507
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0903GB
AV-508
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0904GB
AV-509
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0905GB
AV-510
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0906GB
AV-511
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0907GB
AV-512
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0908GB
AV-513
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0909GB
AV-514
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0910GB
AV-515
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0911GB
AV-516
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0912GB
AV-517
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0913GB
AV-518
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0914GB
AV-519
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0915GB
AV-520
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0916GB
NOTE:
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION P
SWITCH virtually.
DTC Index INFOID:0000000003765968
AV-521
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV-522
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
DTC Display item Refer to
A
U1299 FL-TWEETER SHORT [U1299] AV-458, "Diagnosis Procedure"
U129A FL-TWEETER GND-SHORT [U129A] AV-458, "Diagnosis Procedure"
U129B FL-TWEETER VB-SHORT [U129B] AV-458, "Diagnosis Procedure" B
U12A0 GPS ANTENNA CONN [U12A0] AV-459, "Diagnosis Procedure"
U12A1 NAVI INTERNAL ERR [U12A1] AV-460, "DTC Logic"
U12A2 BT ANTENNA CONN [U12A2] AV-461, "Diagnosis Procedure" C
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
AV-462, "Description"
U1240 • SWITCH CONN [U1240]
D
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
AV-462, "Description"
U125D • DVD NAVI CONN [U125D]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
AV-462, "Description" E
U124E • AMP CONN [U124E]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
AV-462, "Description"
U1248 • DVD DECK CONN [U1248]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] F
U1248 • DVD DECK CONN [U1248] AV-462, "Description"
U124E • AMP CONN [U124E]
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300] G
U1248 • DVD DECK CONN [U1248]
AV-462, "Description"
U124E • AMP CONN [U124E]
U125D • DVD NAVI CONN [U125D]
H
U1300 • AV COMM CIRCUIT [U1300]
U1248 • DVD DECK CONN [U1248]
U124E • AMP CONN [U124E] AV-462, "Description"
U125D • DVD NAVI CONN [U125D] I
U1252 • REAR-CAMERA LAN CONN [U1252]
AV
AV-523
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000003765969
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSNIA1170ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
1
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
Ignition
2
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
3
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(V)
ACC
JSNIA0012GB
AV-524
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
16 AV communication signal Input/ B
— — — —
(P) (L) Output
C
Start confirmation/adjust-
Ignition ment mode, and then dis-
19
Ground RGB image signal (R: red) Output switch play color bar by selecting
(BR/L)
ON “Color Spectrum Bar” on D
Navigation/Phone screen.
SKIB2238J
Start confirmation/adjust-
Ignition ment mode, and then dis-
20 RGB image signal (G: F
Ground Output switch play color bar by selecting
(Y/L) green)
ON “Color Spectrum Bar” on
Navigation/Phone screen.
SKIB2236J
G
Start confirmation/adjust- H
Ignition ment mode, and then dis-
21
Ground RGB image signal (B: blue) Output switch play color bar by selecting
(Y/G)
ON “Color Spectrum Bar” on
Navigation/Phone screen. I
SKIB2237J
Ignition
22 J
Ground RGB ground — switch — 0V
(W/L)
ON
Ignition
23
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Output switch —
(L) L
ON
SKIB3603E
M
Ignition
RGB synchronizing signal
24 Ground — switch — 0V
ground
ON
AV
Ignition
28 30 O
Voice guidance signal Output switch Voice guidance output.
(L) (P)
ON
SKIB1990E
P
29 — Shield — — — —
AV-525
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
33 35
TEL voice signal Output switch TEL voice output.
(B) (W)
ON
SKIB1990E
34 — Shield — — — —
Ignition
39
42 Microphone VCC Output switch — 5.0 V
(B)
ON
Ignition
41
42 Microphone signal Input switch Give a voice.
(W)
ON
PKIB5037J
AV-526
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Wiring Diagram — BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM — INFOID:0000000003971963
AV
JCNWM0897GB
P
AV-527
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0898GB
AV-528
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0899GB
AV-529
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0900GB
AV-530
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0901GB
AV-531
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0902GB
AV-532
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0903GB
AV-533
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0904GB
AV-534
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0905GB
AV-535
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0906GB
AV-536
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0907GB
AV-537
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0908GB
AV-538
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0909GB
AV-539
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0910GB
AV-540
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0911GB
AV-541
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0912GB
AV-542
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0913GB
AV-543
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0914GB
AV-544
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0915GB
AV-545
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0916GB
NOTE:
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.
AV-546
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
DISPLAY UNIT
A
Reference Value INFOID:0000000003765970
TERMINAL LAYOUT B
JPNIA0006ZZ E
PHYSICAL VALUES
F
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.) G
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
1
Ground Ground — switch — 0V H
(B/W)
ON
ignition
2
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y) I
OFF
Ignition
3
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(V/Y) J
ACC
4 — Composite image shield — — — —
Ignition
5 K
Ground Composite image ground — switch — 0V
(W)
ON
Start confirmation/adjust- L
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
6 RGB image signal (G: play color bar by selecting
Ground Input switch
(R) green) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON M
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2236J
AV
Ignition
7 — RGB image ground — switch — 0V
ON
O
Ignition
8 Horizontal synchronizing P
Ground Output switch —
(W) (HP) signal
ON
SKIB3601E
AV-547
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
When RGB image is dis-
5.0 V
played.
Ignition
9
Ground RGB area (YS) signal Input switch
(B) When camera image or
ON
AUX image is displayed.
PKIB4948J
Ignition
11 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Input switch
(R) (CONT→DISP) brightness.
ON
PKIB5039J
Ignition
13
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B/W)
ON
SKIB2251J
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
17 play color bar by selecting
Ground RGB image signal (R: red) Input switch
(W) “Color Spectrum Bar” on
ON
DISPLAY DIAGNOSIS
screen.
SKIB2238J
Start confirmation/adjust-
ment mode, and then dis-
Ignition
18 play color bar by
Ground RGB image signal (B: blue) Input switch
(B) selecting“Color Spectrum
ON
Bar” on DISPLAY DIAGNO-
SIS screen.
SKIB2237J
Ignition
19
Ground RGB synchronizing signal Input switch —
(G)
ON
SKIB3603E
AV-548
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
Ignition
20 Vertical synchronizing (VP) C
Ground Output switch —
(R) signal
ON
SKIB3598E D
21 Ground RGB synchronizing ground — — — —
Ignition
22 Communication signal When adjusting display
Ground Output switch
(G) (DISP→CONT) brightness. F
ON
PKIB5039J
G
23 — Shield — — — —
AV
AV-549
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Wiring Diagram — BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM — INFOID:0000000003971964
JCNWM0897GB
AV-550
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0898GB
AV-551
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0899GB
AV-552
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0900GB
AV-553
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0901GB
AV-554
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0902GB
AV-555
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0903GB
AV-556
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0904GB
AV-557
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0905GB
AV-558
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0906GB
AV-559
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0907GB
AV-560
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0908GB
AV-561
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0909GB
AV-562
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0910GB
AV-563
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0911GB
AV-564
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0912GB
AV-565
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0913GB
AV-566
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0914GB
AV-567
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0915GB
AV-568
DISPLAY UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0916GB
NOTE:
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION P
SWITCH virtually.
AV-569
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
BOSE AMP.
Reference Value INFOID:0000000003765971
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JPNIA1094ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
1 2 Sound signal front squawk-
Output switch Audio output
(LG) (V) er LH
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
4 3 Sound signal front squawk-
Output switch Audio output
(P) (L) er RH
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
5 6
Sound signal woofer RH Output switch Audio output
(Y) (BR)
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
7
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
Ignition
10
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(SB)
OFF
Ignition
11
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(GR)
OFF
Ignition
12
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
AV-570
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
Ignition
13 8 C
Sound signal woofer LH Output switch Audio output
(R) (BR)
ON
SKIB3609E D
E
Ignition
14 9 Sound signal rear speaker
Output switch Audio output
(L) (O) RH
ON
F
SKIB3609E
Ignition
18 19 Sound signal front speaker
Output switch Audio output
(W) (B) LH
ON
H
SKIB3609E
I
Ignition
20
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — 12.0 V
(V)
ACC
J
Ignition
24 23 Stereo sound signal front K
Input switch Audio output
(B) (W) LH
ON
L
SKIB3609E
M
Ignition
26 25 Stereo sound signal front
Input switch Audio output
(W/R) (B/R) RH
ON
AV
SKIB3609E
Ignition
28 15 Sound signal rear speaker
Output switch Audio output P
(G) (R) LH
ON
SKIB3609E
AV-571
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
29 30 Sound signal center speak-
Output switch Audio output
(V) (P) er
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
31 32 Sound signal front speaker
Output switch Audio output
(BR) (Y) RH
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
33 34 Surround sound signal rear
(W/L) (GR/V) RH
Input switch When DVD is playing.*
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
35 36 Surround sound signal rear
(W/L) (W/R) LH
Input switch When DVD is playing.*
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
52 51 Surround sound signal front
(B) (W) LH
Input switch When DVD is playing.*
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
54 53 Surround sound signal front
(Y) (BR) RH
Input switch When DVD is playing.*
ON
SKIB3609E
AV-572
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
Ignition
56 55 When inputting voice guid- C
Voice guidance signal Input switch
(W/L) (W/R) ance.
ON
SKIB3609E D
E
Ignition
58 57 Surround sound signal cen-
(W/R) (B/R) ter
Input switch When DVD is playing.*
ON
F
SKIB3609E
Ignition
59 60 Surround sound signal cen-
Input switch When DVD is playing.*
(GR/V) (W/L) ter
ON
H
SKIB3609E
I
75 AV communication signal
— — — — —
(P) (L)
76 AV communication signal
— — — — — J
(P) (L)
77 AV communication signal
— — — — —
(L) (H)
K
78 AV communication signal
— — — — —
(L) (H)
79 — Shield — — — —
L
*: All surround sounds are input only when the 5.1 channel surround sound is played.
AV
AV-573
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Wiring Diagram — BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM — INFOID:0000000003971965
JCNWM0897GB
AV-574
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0898GB
AV-575
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0899GB
AV-576
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0900GB
AV-577
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0901GB
AV-578
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0902GB
AV-579
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0903GB
AV-580
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0904GB
AV-581
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0905GB
AV-582
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0906GB
AV-583
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0907GB
AV-584
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0908GB
AV-585
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0909GB
AV-586
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0910GB
AV-587
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0911GB
AV-588
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0912GB
AV-589
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0913GB
AV-590
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0914GB
AV-591
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0915GB
AV-592
BOSE AMP.
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0916GB
NOTE:
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION P
SWITCH virtually.
AV-593
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
DVD PLAYER
Reference Values INFOID:0000000003793609
TERMINAL LAYOUT
PHYSICAL VALUES
JPNIA1095ZZ
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
1
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B/W)
ON
Ignition
2
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
Ignition Lighting switch is OFF. 0V
3
Ground Illumination signal Input switch
(R/L) Lighting switch is ON. 12.0 V
OFF
Ignition
4
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(V/W)
ACC
5 — Shield — — — —
6 — Shield — — — —
Ignition
7 Composite (DVD and AUX) When DVD image or AUX
Ground Output switch
(V) image signal image is displayed.
ON
SKIB2251J
Ignition
8 Composite (AUX) image When AUX image is dis-
Ground Output switch
(G) signal played.
ON
SKIB2251J
Ignition
9 Composite (DVD and AUX)
Ground — switch — 0V
(G) image signal ground
ON
Ignition
10 Composite image (AUX)
Ground — switch — 0V
(V) signal ground
ON
AV-594
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
Ignition
13 11 C
AUX sound signal LH Input switch AUX sound output.
(B) (G)
ON
SKIB3609E D
E
Ignition
14 12
AUX sound signal RH Input switch AUX sound output.
(W) (R)
ON
F
SKIB3609E
I
SKIB3609E
J
Stereo (DVD and AUX Ignition
23 24
sound) sound signal RH Output switch DVD*1 or AUX sound out-
(R) (W) put.
ON
K
SKIB3609E
Ignition
P
36 35 Surround sound signal front *2
Output switch DVD sound output.
(W) (B) RH
ON
SKIB3609E
AV-595
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
Ignition
38 37 Surround sound signal front
(W) (B) LH
Output switch DVD sound output.*2
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
40 39 Surround sound signal cen-
(W) (B) ter
Output switch DVD sound output.*2
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
42 41 Surround sound signal
(L) (R) woofer
Output switch DVD sound output.*2
ON
SKIB3609E
43 — Shield — — — —
44 — Shield — — — —
Ignition
46 45 Surround sound signal rear
(W) (B) RH
Output switch DVD sound output.*2
ON
SKIB3609E
Ignition
48 47 Surround sound signal rear
(W) (B) LH
Output switch DVD sound output.*2
ON
SKIB3609E
• *1: Stereo sounds are input only when the 2 channel stereo sound is played.
• *2: All surround sounds are input only when the 5.1 channel surround sound is played.
AV-596
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Wiring Diagram — BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM — INFOID:0000000003971966
AV
JCNWM0897GB
P
AV-597
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0898GB
AV-598
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0899GB
AV-599
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0900GB
AV-600
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0901GB
AV-601
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0902GB
AV-602
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0903GB
AV-603
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0904GB
AV-604
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0905GB
AV-605
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0906GB
AV-606
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0907GB
AV-607
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0908GB
AV-608
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0909GB
AV-609
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0910GB
AV-610
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0911GB
AV-611
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0912GB
AV-612
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0913GB
AV-613
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0914GB
AV-614
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0915GB
AV-615
DVD PLAYER
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0916GB
NOTE:
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION
SWITCH virtually.
AV-616
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
A
Reference Values INFOID:0000000003793611
TERMINAL LAYOUT B
JPNIA0007ZZ E
PHYSICAL VALUES
F
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.) G
+ – Signal name
Output
5 — Shield — — — —
H
Ignition
6 When rear view camera im- I
Ground Camera image signal Input switch
(B) age is displayed.
ON
SKIB2251J
J
Ignition
7
Ground Rear view camera ground — switch — 0V
(W)
ON K
Ignition Selector lever in R position. 6.0 V
8
Ground Camera power supply Output switch Other than selector lever in
(R) 0V
ON R position. L
11 — Shield — — — —
Ignition
12 When rear view camera im-
Ground Camera image signal Output switch
(BR) age is displayed. AV
ON
SKIB2251J
O
Connected to camera con-
Ignition 0V
14 Camera connection recog- trol unit connector.
Ground Output switch
(GR) nition signal Not connected to camera
ON 5.0 V P
control unit connector.
17 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(L/G) (L) Output
18 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(L/R) (H) Output
19 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(P) (L) Output
AV-617
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
20 AV communication signal Input/
— — — —
(L) (H) Output
SKIB3827E
A: Sensor signal 1
Ignition B: Sensor signal 2
23
Ground Sensor signal 1 Input switch
(G)
ON
SKIB3828E
A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2
SKIB3827E
A: Sensor signal 1
Ignition B: Sensor signal 2
24
Ground Sensor signal 2 Input switch
(SB)
ON
SKIB3828E
A: Sensor signal 1
B: Sensor signal 2
Ignition
25 Turn the steering around
Ground Sensor signal 3 Input switch
(O) the neutral position.
ON
SKIB3829E
A: Sensor signal 3
B: Sensor signal 1
AV-618
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Terminal
Description
(Wire color) Reference value A
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
NOTE: B
The maximum voltage varies de-
pending on the specification
(destination unit).
C
Ignition
26 Vehicle speed signal When vehicle speed is ap-
Ground Input switch
(O) (8-pulse) prox. 40 km/h (25 MPH).
ON
D
JSNIA0012GB
E
Ignition
30
Ground ACC power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(V)
ACC
F
Ignition
31
Ground Ground — switch — 0V
(B/R)
ON
Ignition G
32
Ground Battery power supply Input switch — Battery voltage
(Y)
OFF
H
AV
AV-619
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Wiring Diagram — BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SYSTEM — INFOID:0000000003971967
JCNWM0897GB
AV-620
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0898GB
AV-621
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0899GB
AV-622
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0900GB
AV-623
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0901GB
AV-624
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0902GB
AV-625
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0903GB
AV-626
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0904GB
AV-627
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0905GB
AV-628
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0906GB
AV-629
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0907GB
AV-630
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0908GB
AV-631
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0909GB
AV-632
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0910GB
AV-633
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0911GB
AV-634
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0912GB
AV-635
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0913GB
AV-636
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0914GB
AV-637
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
JCNWM0915GB
AV-638
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV
JCNWM0916GB
NOTE:
The name MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH indicates the integration of PRESET SWITCH and MULTIFUNCTION P
SWITCH virtually.
AV-639
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000003765976
AV-640
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV-641
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
RELATED TO AUDIO
AV-642
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV-643
MULTI AV SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AV-644
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000003765977
NOTE: B
For Navigation system operation information, refer to Navigation system Owner's Manual.
BASIC OPERATIONS
C
Symptom Possible cause Possible solution
The brightness is at the lowest setting. Adjust the brightness of the display.
No image is displayed. The system in the video mode. Push <DISC> to change the mode. D
The display is turned off. Push < > to turn on the display.
The screen is too dim. The move- Wait until the interior of the vehicle has E
The temperature in the interior of the vehicle is low.
ment is slow. warmed up.
Some pixels in the display are dark- This condition is an inherent characteristic of liquid
This is not a malfunction.
er or brighter than others. crystal displays.
F
Some menu items cannot be se- Some menu items become unavailable while the ve- Park the vehicle in a safe location, and
lected. hicle is driven. then operate the multi AV system.
RELATED TO AUDIO G
• The majority of the audio malfunctions are the result of outside causes (bad CD/cassette, electromagnetic
interference, etc.). Check the symptoms below to diagnose the malfunction.
• The vehicle itself can be a source of noise if noise prevention parts or electrical equipment is malfunctioning. H
Check if noise is caused and/or changed by engine speed, ignition switch turned to each position, and oper-
ation of each piece of electrical equipment, and then determine the cause.
NOTE:
• CD-R is not guaranteed to play because they can contain compressed audio (MP3, WMA) or could be incor- I
rectly mastered by the customer on a computer.
• Check if the CDs carry the Compact Disc Logo. If not, the disc is not mastered to the red book Compact Disc
Standard and may not play. J
AV-645
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Symptom Cause and Counter measure
Move immediately to the next song When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3”, or “.wma”,
when playing. or when play is prohibited by copyright protection, the player will skip to the next song.
The songs do not play back in the The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the software, so the files might
desired order. not play in the desired order.
Noise resulting from variations in field strength, such as fading noise and multi-path noise, or external noise from trains and other
sources, is not a malfunction.
NOTE:
• Fading noise: This noise occurs because of variations in the field strength in a narrow range due to mountains or buildings blocking
the signal.
• Multi-path noise: This noise results from a time difference between the broadcast waves directly from the station arriving at the
antenna and the waves reflected by mountains or buildings.
RELATED TO NAVIGATION
As a result of a slight operating error, a normal symptom might be taken as a malfunction. Therefore, at first,
please check for yourself as per the following table.
AV-646
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000003960544
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIRBAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. E
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIRBAG”.
F
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
G
Precaution for Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000003765979
AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM H
• Do not apply voltage of 7.0 V or higher to the measurement terminals.
• Use the tester with its open terminal voltage being 7.0 V or less.
• Be sure to turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal before
checking the circuit. I
J
AV COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
• Solder the repaired parts, and wrap with tape. [Frays of twisted line
must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).]
K
PKIA0306E
AV
• Do not perform bypass wire connections for the repair parts. (The
spliced wire will become separated and the characteristics of
twisted line will be lost.)
O
PKIA0307E
AV-647
AV CONTROL UNIT
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
ON-VEHICLE REPAIR
AV CONTROL UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003765981
REMOVAL
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
JPNIA1034ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove instrument finisher C. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove AV control unit with A/C amp. as a single unit from the body.
4. Remove bracket screws, and then remove AV control unit.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-648
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
NAVI CONTROL UNIT
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003765983
DISASSEMBLY B
JPNIA1088ZZ
H
1. NAVI control unit 2. Bracket LH 3. Bracket RH
REMOVAL
1. Remove NAVI control unit mounting screws. J
2. Disconnect NAVI control unit connector and remove the NAVI control unit.
INSTALLATION K
Install in the reverse order of removal.
AV
AV-649
DISPLAY UNIT
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
DISPLAY UNIT
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003765985
REMOVAL
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
JPNIA1035ZZ
1. Display unit
REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove display unit mounting screws, and then disconnect the display unit connector.
3. Remove display unit.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-650
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
FRONT DOOR SPEAKER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003765987
D
JPNIA1036ZZ
E
1. Front door speaker
AV
AV-651
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
REAR DOOR SPEAKER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003765989
JPNIA1037ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear door finisher. Refer to INT-36, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove rear door speaker mounting bolts, disconnect the rear door speaker connector.
3. Remove rear door speaker.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-652
FRONT SQUAWKER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
FRONT SQUAWKER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003765991
D
JPNIA1038ZZ
E
1. Front squawker
AV
AV-653
REAR SQUAWKER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
REAR SQUAWKER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003765993
JPNIA1040ZZ
1. Rear squawker
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear parcel shelf finisher. Refer to INT-43, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove rear squawker mounting screws.
3. Remove rear squawker.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-654
CENTER SPEAKER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
CENTER SPEAKER
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003765995
D
JPNIA1039ZZ
E
1. Center speaker
AV
AV-655
WOOFER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
WOOFER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003765997
JPNIA1041ZZ
1. Woofer
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear parcel shelf finisher. Refer to INT-43, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove woofer mounting bolts, lift up the woofer and disconnect woofer connector.
3. Remove woofer.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-656
BOSE AMP.
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
BOSE AMP.
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003765999
D
JPNIA1042ZZ
E
: Vehicle front
1. BOSE amp.
F
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000003766000
REMOVAL G
1. Remove trunk front finisher upper. Refer to INT-57, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove BOSE amp. mounting bolts, disconnect the BOSE amp. connector.
3. Remove BOSE amp. H
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
I
AV
AV-657
ANTENNA AMP.
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
ANTENNA AMP.
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003766001
JPNIA1032ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear side pillar finisher. Refer to INT-39, "Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect antenna feeder connector and clip.
3. Remove antenna amp. mounting nut, disconnect the antenna amp. connector.
4. Remove antenna amp.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-658
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003766003
REMOVAL B
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C
JPNIA1052ZZ
F
1. Cluster lid D
2. Multifunction switch
G
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000003766004
REMOVAL H
1. Remove cluster lid D. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove multifunction switch mounting screws.
3. Remove multifunction switch. I
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal. J
AV
AV-659
PRESET SWITCH
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
PRESET SWITCH
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003766005
REMOVAL
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
JPNIA1044ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove cluster lid C. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove preset switch mounting screws.
3. Remove preset switch.
1. Preset switch
A. Screw
B. Screw
JPNIA1045ZZ
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
NOTE:
When installing preset switch, do not allow the print wire that connects preset switch and multifunction switch
to get caught in between AV control unit and preset switch.
AV-660
REAR CONTROL SWITCH
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
REAR CONTROL SWITCH
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003824769
REMOVAL B
Refer to SE-98, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
C
JPNIA1046ZZ
F
1. Rear control switch
A. Clip
G
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000003824770
REMOVAL H
1. Remove rear control switch, stretching pawls of armrest assembly.
2. Disconnect rear control switch connector.
3. Remove rear control switch. I
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal. J
AV
AV-661
DVD PLAYER
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
DVD PLAYER
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003824765
REMOVAL
Refer to IP-11, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
JPNIA1047ZZ
1. DVD player
REMOVAL
1. Remove grove box. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation"
2. Remove DVD player mounting screw, disconnect the DVD player connector.
3. Remove DVD player.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-662
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003766007
REMOVAL B
Refer to IP-22, "Removal and Installation".
DISASSEMBLY
C
JPNIA1048ZZ
F
1. Auxiliary input jacks
REMOVAL
1. Remove console finisher. Refer to IP-22, "Removal and Installation". H
2. Remove auxiliary mounting screws.
3. Remove auxiliary input jacks.
I
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
J
AV
AV-663
MICROPHONE
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
MICROPHONE
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003766009
REMOVAL
Refer to INL-89, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
JSNIA0132ZZ
1. Microphone
REMOVAL
1. Remove map lamp assembly. Refer to INL-89, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove microphone(1), stretching pawls of map lamp assem-
bly.
JSNIA0132ZZ
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-664
GPS ANTENNA
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
GPS ANTENNA
A
Harness Layout INFOID:0000000003766011
AV
P
JPNIA1054GB
AV-665
GPS ANTENNA
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003766012
JPNIA1055ZZ
1. GPS antenna
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear parcel shelf finisher. Refer to INT-43, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove GPS antenna mounting screws, disconnect GPS antenna connector.
3. Remove GPS antenna.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
AV-666
TEL ANTENNA
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
TEL ANTENNA
A
Harness Layout INFOID:0000000003766014
AV
P
JPNIA1054GB
AV-667
TEL ANTENNA
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003766015
JPNIA1053ZZ
1. TEL antenna
REMOVAL
1. Remove rear parcel shelf finisher. Refer to INT-43, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove trunk front finisher. Refer toINT-57, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove TEL antenna mounting nit, disconnect the TEL antenna connector.
4. Remove TEL antenna.
INSTALLATION
Install in the reverse order of removal.
AV-668
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
CAMERA CONTROL UNIT
A
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003766017
D
JPNIA1049ZZ
E
1. Camera control unit
AV
AV-669
REAR VIEW CAMERA
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
REAR VIEW CAMERA
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003766021
DISASSEMBLY
JPNIA1050ZZ
REMOVAL
1. Remove trunk lid finisher inner. Refer to INT-59, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove trunk lid finisher. Refer to EXT-38, "Removal and Installation".
3. Remove rear view camera mounting clip, disconnect the rear view camera connector.
4. Remove rear view camera.
INSTALLATION
1. Installation is the reverse order of removal.
Adjustment INFOID:0000000003901754
Adjust the guide line position if the guide line position is shifted after installing the rear view camera.
1. Draw lines on rearward area of the vehicle passing through the
following points: 200 mm (7.87 in) from both sides of the vehicle,
and 0.5 m (1.64 ft), 1.0 m (3.28 ft) from the rear end of the
bumper.
2. Set into “Adjust offset of rear view camera” mode of Confirma-
tion / Adjustment mode.
SKIB3691E
AV-670
REAR VIEW CAMERA
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
3. Rotate the center dial, and then select the guiding line pattern so
that its angle is aligned with the correction line of the rear of the A
vehicle.
Selected pattern :7 B
4. Fine adjust the guiding line so that its position is aligned to the
correction line by pressing the up/down/left/right switches.
Pressing “ENTER” enable the camera control unit to memory C
the adjusted guiding line position.
SKIB3689E
Up/Down adjustment range : −20 – 20 D
Left/Right adjustment range : −20 – 20
CAUTION:
Never operate other function such as pressing BACK while writing index data. E
If Confirmation/Adjustment mode does not function in the above procedure, perform one of the
following service to adjust the index again.
• Remove battery for five min. Then reconnect battery.
F
• Remove camera control unit connector for five min. Then reconnect camera control unit connec-
tor.
AV
AV-671
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000003766035
REMOVAL
Refer to SR-9, "Exploded View".
DISASSEMBLY
JSNIA0135ZZ
1. Spiral cable
2. Steering angle sensor
REMOVAL
1. Remove spiral cable.
2. Remove steering angle sensor mounting screws.
3. Remove steering angle sensor.
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
AV-672
ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO)
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION]
ANTENNA FEEDER (RADIO)
A
Harness Layout INFOID:0000000003766037
AV
P
JPNIA1054GB
AV-673